MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL INC
10-Q, 1998-08-13
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS
Previous: DIGI INTERNATIONAL INC, S-3, 1998-08-13
Next: SWIFT ENERGY MANAGED PENSION ASSETS PARTNERSHIP 1989-1 LTD, 10-Q, 1998-08-13



<PAGE>

                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


                                      FORM 10-Q



(X)     Quarterly report pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities
        Exchange Act of 1934 

For the quarter ended JUNE 30, 1998 or

( )     Transition report pursuant to Section l3 or l5(d) of the Securities
        Exchange Act of l934 

For the transition period N/A

Commission file Number 1-10346

            MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
- -----------------------------------------------------
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

          Delaware                                              77-0226211   
- -------------------------------                            -------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of                             (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                             Identification No.)


4290 E. Brickell  Street, Ontario California 91761
- ---------------------------------------------------
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number                                   (909) 456-4321

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

     Title of each class                               Name of each exchange
- ---------------------------------                        on which registered
                                                       ----------------------
Common Stock $.0033 par value                                  None
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:

                                         None
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Title of Class

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports 
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months, (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to 
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes    X         No
                                                     -----          -----

As of July 31, 1998, there were 11,930,444 shares of common stock outstanding.

<PAGE>

                            MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                  INDEX TO FORM 10-Q

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                PAGE
<S>                                                                           <C>
PART I -  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     Item l.   Financial Statements

     Consolidated Condensed Balance Sheets
     June 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997                                            3

     Consolidated Condensed Statements of Operations
     Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 1998 and l997                              4

     Consolidated Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
     Six Months Ended June 30, 1998 and l997                                        5

     Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements                        6-11

     Item 2.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of
     Financial Condition and Results of Operations                              12-18

     Item 3.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk           18

Part II - OTHER INFORMATION

     Item 1.  Legal Proceedings                                                    18

     Item 2.  Changes in Securities                                                18

     Item 3.  Defaults upon Senior Securities                                      19

     Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders                  19

     Item 5.  Other Information                                                    19

     Item 6.  Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K                                     20

Signatures                                                                         21
</TABLE>
                                       -2-

<PAGE>

                   MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                       CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
                                    (UNAUDITED)
                                  (in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   PROFORMA

                                                                                  (SEE NOTE 7)

                                                                JUNE 30,            JUNE 30,             DEC. 31,
                                                                  1998                1998                 1997
                                                             -------------         -----------          -----------
ASSETS                                                      
<S>                                                         <C>                    <C>                  <C>
  Cash and cash equivalents                                   $       923             $ 2,311              $ 1,921
  Accounts receivable                                               6,849               6,849                6,749
  Inventories                                                       6,288               6,288                7,087

  Other current assets                                                715                 715                  869
                                                             -------------         -----------          -----------
     Total current assets                                          14,775              16,163               16,626

Property, plant and equipment-net                                   2,032               2,032                4,968
Goodwill-net                                                        1,809               1,809                1,906
Other assets                                                        2,490               2,602                1,940
                                                             -------------         -----------          -----------
                                                              $    21,106         $    22,606          $    25,440
                                                             -------------         -----------          -----------
                                                             -------------         -----------          -----------
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Notes payable                                                 $     4,320         $     4,320          $     3,630
Current portion of long-term debt                                     880                 880                1,216
Accounts payable                                                    4,540               4,540                6,621
Accrued expenses                                                    3,542               3,542                3,837
                                                             -------------         -----------          -----------
     Total current liabilities                                     13,282              13,282               15,304

Long-term debt, less current portion                                1,664               1,664                2,530

Other liabilities                                                     720                 720                  789
Minority interest                                                      94                  94                   88
                                                             -------------         -----------          -----------
     Total liabilities                                             15,760              15,760               18,711


Redeemable preferred stock                                            459               1,836                  714

Stockholders' equity:

  Common stock                                                         39                  39                   39
  Additional paid-in capital                                       20,005              20,128               19,960
  Accumulated deficit                                             (15,056)            (15,056)             (13,877)

  Foreign currency translation adjustment                            (101)               (101)                (107)
                                                             -------------         -----------          -----------
     Total stockholders' equity                                     4,887               5,010                6,015
                                                             -------------         -----------          -----------
                                                              $    21,106         $    22,606     $         25,440
                                                             -------------         -----------          -----------
                                                             -------------         -----------          -----------
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated condensed financial statements.

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

                   MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                   (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED                      SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                      JUNE 30,                               JUNE 30,
                                                            1998               1997                 1998                1997
                                                        ------------       ------------         ------------        ------------
                                                                          (in thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                                     <C>                <C>                  <C>                 <C>
Net sales                                               $      8,971       $     12,029         $     18,713        $     19,736
Cost of sales                                                  5,555              8,875               13,061              14,972
                                                        ------------       ------------         ------------        ------------
Gross profit                                                   3,416              3,154                5,652               4,764

Operating expenses:
      Selling, general and administrative                      2,796              3,643                5,914               5,555
      Engineering and product development                        574                694                1,145                 792
                                                        ------------       ------------         ------------        ------------
Income (loss) from operations                                     46             (1,183)              (1,407)             (1,583)
Other expense (income)
      Interest expense                                           177                262                  344                 460
      Gain on sale of subsidiary                                  90                 --                 (580)                 --
      Other                                                      (25)                (8)                 (43)                 (7)
                                                        ------------       ------------         ------------        ------------
Loss before income taxes                                        (196)            (1,437)              (1,128)             (2,036)
Income taxes expense (benefit)                                    22                 (2)                  37                   2
                                                        ------------       ------------         ------------        ------------
Net loss                                                $       (218)       $    (1,435)         $    (1,165)        $    (2,038)
                                                        ------------       ------------         ------------        ------------
Basic and diluted loss per share                        $      (0.02)       $     (0.13)         $     (0.10)        $     (0.24)
                                                        ------------       ------------         ------------        ------------
Weighted average number of shares used in calculating         11,929             11,005               11,928               8,638
                                                        ------------       ------------         ------------        ------------
                                                        ------------       ------------         ------------        ------------
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated condensed financial statements.

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

                     MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                                      1998                         1997
                                                                                  ------------                  ----------
                                                                                               (in thousands)
<S>                                                                               <C>                           <C>      
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                                         
         Net loss                                                                  $    (1,165)                 $   (2,038)
         Adjustments to reconcile net loss to 
           cash used in operating activities:
                Depreciation and amortization                                              312                         356
                Amortization of intangibles                                                 97                         287
                Gain on sale of subsidiary                                                (580)                         --
                Other noncash items                                                        (64)                         46
                Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                      Accounts receivable                                                 (515)                     (1,177)
                      Inventories                                                            6                       1,265
                      Other assets                                                         (56)                        (62)
                      Accounts payable and accrued expenses                               (295)                     (1,443)
                                                                                  ------------                  ----------
Cash used in operating activities                                                       (2,260)                     (2,766)


CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                                         
         Net purchases of property, plant and equipment                                   (178)                        (23)
         Proceeds from sale of subsidiary                                                1,350                          --
         Cash acquired in reverse acquisition                                               --                         264
                                                                                  ------------                  ----------
Cash provided by investing activities                                                    1,172                         241

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                                         

         Net borrowings from notes payable                                                 640                        (699)
         Net repayments of long-term debt                                               (1,015)                       (476)
         Preferred stock dividends paid                                                     --                        (140)
         Private placement of convertible preferred stock                                  459                          --

         Private placement of common stock                                                  --                       4,258
                                                                                  ------------                  ----------
Cash provided by financing activities                                                       84                       2,943
                                                                              
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH                                                      6                          --
                                                                                  ------------                  ----------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                      (998)                        418
                                                                                  ------------                  ----------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD                                         1,921                         886
                                                                                  ------------                  ----------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD                                         $       923                 $     1,304
                                                                                  ------------                  ----------
</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to consolidated condensed financial statements.

                                       -5-

<PAGE>

                   MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

               NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

WHEN USED IN THESE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, THE 
WORDS "MAY," "WILL," "EXPECT," "ANTICIPATE," "CONTINUE," "ESTIMATE," 
"PROJECT," "INTEND," "SHOULD," "BELIEVE" AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED 
TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 27A OF 
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND SECTION 21E OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 
1934 REGARDING EVENTS, CONDITIONS AND FINANCIAL TRENDS THAT MAY AFFECT THE 
COMPANY'S FUTURE PLANS OF OPERATIONS, BUSINESS STRATEGY, OPERATING COSTS AND 
FINANCIAL POSITION. SPECIFICALLY, FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE INCLUDED IN 
NOTES 6 AND 8 HEREOF. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED THAT ANY 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE NOT GUARANTEES OF FUTURE PERFORMANCE AND ARE 
SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES AND THAT ACTUAL RESULTS MAY DIFFER 
MATERIALLY THAN THOSE INCLUDED WITHIN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A 
RESULT OF VARIOUS FACTORS.

(1)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS

          MicroTel International, Inc. (the "Company") is a holding company 
     for its three wholly-owned subsidiaries- CXR Telcom Corporation, CXR 
     S.A. and, effective March 26, 1997, XIT Corporation ("XIT").  CXR Telcom 
     Corporation and CXR S.A. design, manufacture and market electronic 
     telecommunication test instruments and data transmission and networking 
     equipment. XIT designs, manufactures, and markets information technology 
     products, including displays and input components, subsystem assemblies 
     power supplies, hybrid microelectronic and other circuits.  The Company 
     conducts its operations out of various facilities in the U.S., France, 
     England, and Japan and organizes itself in three product line sectors - 
     Instrumentation and Test Equipment, Components and Subsystem Assemblies, 
     and Circuits.
     
     BASIS OF PRESENTATION
     
          The accompanying unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements
     have been prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the
     Securities and Exchange Commission and therefore do not include all
     information and footnotes necessary for a complete presentation of
     financial position, results of operations and cash flows in conformity with
     generally accepted accounting principles.  The unaudited consolidated
     condensed financial statements do, however, reflect all adjustments,
     consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, which are, in the opinion
     of management, necessary to state fairly the financial position as of June
     30, 1998 and December 31, 1997 and the results of operations and cash flows
     for the related interim periods ended June 30, 1998 and 1997.  However,
     these results are not necessarily indicative of results for any other
     interim period or for the year.  It is suggested that the accompanying
     consolidated condensed financial statements be read in conjunction with the
     Company's Consolidated Financial Statements included in its 1997 Annual
     Report on Form 10-K.

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

                   MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                          
                NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                          
                                          
 (2) LOSS PER SHARE
     
          The following table illustrates the computation of basic and diluted
     loss per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                          JUNE 30,                 JUNE 30,
                                     1998         1997        1998        1997
                                   -------       ------      ------      ------
<S>                                <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
NUMERATOR:
Net loss                             $(218)     $(1,435)    $(1,165)    $(2,038)

Less: accretion of the
excess of the redemption value
over the carrying value of
redeemable preferred stock              --           17          13          34
                                   -------       ------      ------      ------
Loss attributable to common
stockholders                          (218)      (1,452)     (1,178)     (2,072)

DENOMINATOR:
Weighted average number of
common shares outstanding                                                 
during the period                   11,929       11,005      11,928       8,638
                                   -------       ------      ------      ------
Basic and diluted loss per 
share                                $(.02)       $(.13) $     (.10)      $(.24)
                                   -------       ------      ------      ------
                                   -------       ------      ------      ------
</TABLE>

          The computation of diluted loss per share excludes the effect of
     incremental common shares attributable to the exercise of outstanding
     common stock options and warrants because their effect was antidilutive due
     to losses incurred by the Company or such instruments had exercise prices
     greater than the average market price of the common shares during the
     periods presented.
     
(3)  COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
     
          In the first quarter of 1998, the Company adopted Statement of
     Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income"
     ("SFAS 130").  Comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of net income
     (loss) and all changes to stockholders' equity except those due to
     investment by owners (changes in paid-in capital) and distributions to
     owners (dividends).  For interim reporting purposes, SFAS 130 requires
     disclosure of total comprehensive income (loss).  Comprehensive loss,
     consisting of net loss, foreign currency translation effects and accretion
     of preferred stock, was $272,000 and $1,452,000 for the three months ended
     June 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively and $1,184,000 and $2,072,000 for the
     six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

                                       -7-

<PAGE>

                      MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                          
                NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                          
                                          
(4)  INVENTORIES
          Inventories consist of the following.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      June 30, 1998         December 31, 1997
                                      --------------        -----------------
 <S>                                  <C>                     <C>
 Raw materials                        $    2,475,000          $    3,044,000
 Work-in-process                           2,172,000               2,333,000 
 Finished goods                            1,641,000               1,710,000 
                                      --------------          --------------
                                      $    6,288,000          $    7,087,000 
                                      --------------          --------------
                                      --------------          --------------
</TABLE>

(5)  BANKING ARRANGEMENTS

          The Company's XIT subsidiary had a line of credit with a bank (the
     "XIT Debt") which provided for maximum borrowings of $3,500,000
     collateralized by substantially all assets of XIT and its domestic
     subsidiaries with interest at the bank's prime rate (8.5% at
     June 30, 1998) plus 1%.  The XIT Debt agreement required maintenance of
     certain financial ratios and contained other restrictive covenants.  XIT
     was not in compliance with certain covenants of the XIT Debt agreement at
     December 31, 1997 and at June 30, 1998.  Although the bank did not waive
     compliance with such debt covenants, it entered into a forbearance
     agreement with the Company in which it agreed to forbear from exercising
     its rights under the terms of the XIT Debt agreement provided the Company
     obtain a replacement credit facility. Outstanding borrowings under this 
     line of credit were $2,831,000 and $2,377,000 at June 30, 1998 and 
     December 31, 1997, respectively.
     
          On July 8, 1998, the Company finalized a $10.5 million credit 
     facility with a commercial finance company which provided a term loan of 
     approximately $1.5 million and a revolving line of credit of up to $8 
     million based upon assets available from either existing or 
     future-acquired operations of which the Company has utilized 
     approximately $4 million, and a capital equipment expenditure credit 
     line of up to $1 million.  This credit facility replaced the existing 
     credit facilities of the Company's domestic operating companies, which 
     included the XIT Debt and CXR Telcom Corporation's line of credit, both 
     of which were paid in full at the closing and provides expanded 
     borrowing capability based upon available assets.

(6)  LITIGATION
          
          The Company and its subsidiaries are, from time to time, involved in
     legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of
     business.  While the amounts claimed may be substantial, the ultimate
     liability cannot presently be determined because of considerable
     uncertainties that exist.  Therefore, it is possible the outcome of such
     legal proceedings, claims and litigation could have a material effect on
     quarterly or annual operating results or cash flows when resolved in a
     future period.  However, based on facts currently available, management
     believes such matters will not have a material adverse affect on the
     Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash
     flows.

                                       -8-

<PAGE>

                   MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                          
                NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                          
                                          
(6)  LITIGATION (CONTINUED)
     
     FRANCIS JOHN GORRY V. MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
          
          In 1994, Francis John Gorry, a former officer of the Company, alleged
     that the Company breached a consulting agreement between he and the
     Company.  Subsequently, the Company and Mr. Gorry entered into an agreement
     which called for certain cash payments to Mr. Gorry and for the issuance to
     Mr. Gorry and subsequent registration of shares of the Company's common
     stock by April 30, 1996.  The Company failed to timely issue the stock and
     on May 21, 1996, Mr. Gorry filed suit against the Company (the "1996
     Suit").  Shortly thereafter, the Company and Mr. Gorry entered into a
     Settlement Agreement which was thereafter amended twice.  Based upon the
     execution of the Settlement Agreement, the court dismissed Mr. Gorry's suit
     without prejudice.  The cash payments specified under the terms of the
     Settlement Agreement, as amended, were timely made and the shares of the
     Company's common stock were issued to Mr. Gorry and subsequently registered
     pursuant to the terms of the Settlement Agreement, as amended.  On
     June 18, 1998, Mr. Gorry made a motion to the court for an order vacating
     the dismissal of the 1996 Suit for the purpose of entering judgment against
     the Company, claiming the common shares delivered to him did not conform to
     the terms of the Settlement Agreement, as amended.  On July 17, 1998, the
     court granted Mr. Gorry's motion.  The Company will appeal the court's
     decision as it believes the claim which forms the basis for Mr. Gorry's
     motion is without merit.
          
     SCHEINFELD V. MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
          
          In October 1996, David Scheinfeld brought an action in the Supreme
     Court of the State of New York, County of New York, to recover monetary
     damages in the amount of $300,000 allegedly sustained by the failure of the
     Company, its stock transfer agent and its counsel to timely deliver and
     register 30,000 shares of Common Stock for which payment had been made. 
     The Company was informed by Mr. Scheinfeld that in order to settle his
     claims, the Company would have to issue him unrestricted shares of common
     stock.  Since the Company cannot issue unrestricted shares (absent
     registration), the Company answered Mr. Scheinfeld's motion and sought to
     compel him to serve a complaint upon the defendants.  On June 30, 1997, the
     complaint was served, and the Company has subsequently answered, denying
     the material allegations of the complaint.  In August 1997, the Company
     served discovery requests on Mr. Scheinfeld, who was initially obligated to
     respond by September 12, 1997.  On March 2, 1998, Mr. Scheinfeld responded
     to such discovery requests which response is currently under review by
     counsel to the Company.  Currently, the parties are actively engaged in
     settlement discussions.

                                       -9-

<PAGE>

                   MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                          
                NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                          
                                          
     LITIGATION (CONTINUED)

     DANIEL DROR V. MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
          
          In November 1996, the Company entered into an agreement (the
     "Agreement") with the former Chairman of the Company, which involved
     certain mutual obligations.  In December 1997, the former Chairman
     defaulted on the repayment of the first installment of a debt obligation
     which was an obligation set forth in the Agreement.  Also in December 1997,
     the former Chairman of the Company, filed suit in the District Court for
     Galveston County, Texas alleging the Company has breached an alleged oral
     modification of the Agreement.  In January 1998, the Company answered the
     complaint denying the allegation and the matter is currently being
     litigated in Texas.  The Company believes that the former Chairman's claim
     is without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself.  Subsequently,
     the Company brought an action in California against the former Chairman for
     breach of the Agreement and which seeks recovery of all stock, warrants and
     debt due the Company. The parties are currently conducting settlement 
     discussions in an attempt to resolve both this litigation and the 
     following matter ("Other litigation").
          
     OTHER LITIGATION
          
          In December 1997, Elk International Corporation Limited, a stockholder
     of the Company, brought an action in Texas against the Company's current
     Chairman and an unrelated party, alleging certain misrepresentations during
     the merger discussions between XIT and the Company.
          
(7)  PRIVATE PLACEMENT
     
          In June 1998 the Company sold 50 shares of Series A convertible
     preferred stock (the "Preferred Shares") at $10,000 per share to one
     institutional investor.  On July 8, 1998, the Company sold an additional
     150 Preferred Shares at the same per share price to two other institutional
     investors.  Included with the sale of such Preferred Shares were a total of
     one million warrants to purchase the Company's common stock exercisable at
     $1.25 per share and expiring May 22, 2001.  The unaudited proforma June 30,
     1998 balance sheet information presented elsewhere herein has been prepared
     to reflect the Company's financial position assuming the transactions which
     were completed in July 1998 had occurred as of June 30, 1998.

                                       -10-

<PAGE>

          
                   MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                          
                NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                          
                                          
(7)  PRIVATE PLACEMENT (CONTINUED)
     
          The Company received net proceeds totaling approximately $1,847,000
     after deduction of commissions and transaction-related expenses, and
     utilized such proceeds for working capital.  The Preferred Shares are
     convertible into the common stock of the Company at the option of the
     holder thereof at any time after the ninetieth (90th) day of issuance
     thereof at the conversion price per share of Preferred Share equal to
     $10,000 divided by the lesser of (x) $1.25 and (y) One Hundred Percent
     (100%) of the arithmetic average of the three lowest closing bid prices
     over the forty (40) trading days prior to the exercise date of any such
     conversion.  No more than 20% of the aggregate number of Preferred Shares
     originally purchased and owned by any single entity may be converted in any
     thirty (30) day period after the ninetieth (90th) day of issuance.  In the
     event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the
     holders of shares of Preferred Shares are entitled to receive, prior and in
     preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the
     holders of the Company's common stock, an amount per share equal to $10,000
     for each outstanding Preferred Share.  Any unconverted Preferred Shares may
     be redeemed at the option of the Company for cash at a per share price
     equal to $11,500 per Preferred Share and any Preferred Shares which remain
     outstanding as of May 22, 2003 are subject to mandatory redemption by the
     Company at the same per-share redemption price.
     
(8)  NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

          Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, "Disclosures
     about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" ("SFAS 131")
     issued by the FASB is effective for financial statements with fiscal years
     beginning after December 15, 1997.  The new standard requires that public
     business enterprises report certain information about operating segments in
     complete sets of financial statements of the enterprise and in condensed
     financial statements of interim periods issued to shareholders.  It also
     requires that public business enterprises report certain information about
     their products and services, the geographic areas in which they operate and
     their major customers.  The Company does not expect adoption of SFAS 131 to
     have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.
          
          Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 132, "Employers'
     Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits" ("SFAS 132")
     issued by the FASB is effective for financial statements with fiscal years
     beginning after December 15, 1997 and will require restatement of
     disclosures for earlier periods provided for comparative purposes.  SFAS
     132 standardizes the disclosure requirements for pensions and other
     postretirement benefits to the extent practicable, requires additional
     information on changes in the benefit obligations and fair values of plan
     assets that will facilitate financial analysis, and eliminates certain
     disclosures that are no longer considered useful.  The Company has not
     determined the effect, if any, of adoption of SFAS 132 on its financial
     position or results of operations.

                                       -11-

<PAGE>

                            MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                        CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


WHEN USED IN THIS MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, THE WORDS "MAY," "WILL," "EXPECT," "ANTICIPATE,"
"CONTINUE," "ESTIMATE," "PROJECT," "INTEND", "SHOULD," "BELIEVE" AND SIMILAR
EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WITHIN THE
MEANING OF SECTION 27A OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND SECTION 21E OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 REGARDING EVENTS, CONDITIONS AND FINANCIAL
TRENDS THAT MAY AFFECT THE COMPANY'S FUTURE PLANS OF OPERATIONS, BUSINESS
STRATEGY, OPERATING COSTS AND FINANCIAL POSITION.  PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE
CAUTIONED THAT ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE NOT GUARANTEES OF FUTURE
PERFORMANCE AND ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES AND THAT ACTUAL RESULTS
MAY DIFFER MATERIALLY THAN THOSE INCLUDED WITHIN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
AS A RESULT OF VARIOUS FACTORS.

     As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated condensed financial statements,
the financial statements presented are those of XIT Corporation ("XIT")
resulting from the reverse acquisition by XIT of MicroTel International, Inc.
(the "Company") and its subsidiaries in a merger on March 26, 1997 (the
"Merger").  The pre-merger Company and "accounting acquiree" is described as CXR
in the discussion below.  The Company's Components and Subsystem Assemblies, and
Instrumentation and Test Equipment Sectors are referred to as "the Components
Sector" and "the Test Equipment Sector", respectively, in the discussion below
for brevity.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

THREE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 VERSUS THREE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997

     Net sales for the second quarter of 1998 decreased by $3,058,000 or 25% 
from those in the same period of the prior year.  This decrease resulted 
primarily from the inclusion of the operating results of the Company's XCEL 
Arnold Circuits, Inc. subsidiary ("XACI") in the second quarter of 1997.  The 
XACI operating results are not included in the same period in 1998 because 
the Company sold XACI effective as of March 31, 1998.  XACI represented 
approximately $2,680,000 of the decrease and the remainder resulted from 
decreases in net sales at the Company's other Circuits sector operations. 
Although net sales for the Company's Components sector increased 
approximately 7% for the second quarter of 1998 over that of the same period 
in 1997 as a result of a combination of both volume and price increases, this 
increase was offset by a corresponding decline in net sales of the Test 
Equipment sector resulting principally from declines in the sale of 
transmission products in the second quarter of 1998 compared with the second 
quarter of 1997.
     
     Gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, increased from 26% in the
second quarter of 1997 to 38% in the second quarter of 1998.  This increase
resulted primarily from the absence in the second quarter of 1998 of the
negative operating results experienced by XACI in the same period in 1997. 
Consequently, the Company's Circuits sector's gross profit rose to 22% of net
sales for the second quarter of 1998 from 7% for the same period in 1997. 
Additionally, the Company's Components sector realized an increase in gross
profit as a percentage of net sales to 37% in the second quarter of 1998 versus
28% for the same period in the prior year.  This increase resulted from both the
increase in 

                                       -12-

<PAGE>

sales noted above, certain price increases instituted by the sector in the 
fourth quarter of 1997 and implementation of a marketing strategy designed to 
increase sales of higher margin products while concurrently decreasing sales 
of products with lower gross profit margins. Gross profit margin as a 
percentage of net sales in the Test Equipment sector rose slightly to 45% in
the second quarter of 1998 from 43% in the same period of 1997 as higher margins
from the domestic operation's sale of newer test instruments more than offset 
the small decline in gross margin percentage from foreign operations which 
experienced an increase in the sale of third-party versus in-house products.
     
     Operating expenses (selling, general and administrative, and engineering 
and product development) decreased approximately $970,000 from $4,337,000 in 
the second quarter of 1997 to $3,370,000 in the second quarter of 1998.  The 
principal elements of this decline were: (i) a decrease in 1998 of such 
expenses for the Circuits sector of approximately $420,000 resulting from the 
absence of such expenses associated with XACI in 1998; (ii) a decrease in 
such expenses for the Components sector of approximately $220,000 resulting 
from reductions in general and administrative costs across the entire sector 
but most significantly in the United Kingdom operations; and (iii) a decrease 
in the Test Equipment sector of approximately $330,000 resulting from 
reductions in general and administrative costs associated with the relocation 
of the Company's CXR Telcom subsidiary to a smaller, more efficient facility 
in the fourth quarter of 1997 as well as reduced engineering and product 
development expenses.
     
     Selling expenses in all sectors as a percentage of sales were 
substantially the same in the second quarter of 1998 compared to the second 
quarter of 1997. Total general and administrative expenses decreased by 
approximately $540,000 or 26% in the second quarter of 1998 over the same 
period in 1997 as a result of cost reductions in the Components sector and 
the absence of such expenses for XACI for the second quarter of 1998.  
Excluding XACI, general and administrative expenses for the Circuits sector 
increased only $20,000 but increased as a percentage of net sales from 10% in 
the second quarter of 1997 to 14% in the same period in 1998 as a direct 
result of the decline in net sales for the sector.  In the Components Sector, 
general and administrative expenses decreased by approximately $320,000 and 
also decreased as a percentage of net sales from 20% in the second quarter of 
1997 to 9% for the same period in 1998 as the sector's operating companies in 
the United Kingdom and Japan decreased staffing and facility costs as noted 
above. General and administrative expenses for the Test Equipment sector 
remained constant at approximately 8.5% of net sales while engineering and 
product development expenses declined slightly as a percent of net sales from 
14% in the second quarter of 1997 to 12% in the second quarter of 1998 due to 
smaller expenditures required by the sector's European operations. Overall 
corporate administrative costs were substantially the same in the second 
quarter of 1998 compared with the same period in 1997.
     
     Interest expense decreased by $85,000 in the second quarter of 1998 
versus the second quarter of 1997 reflecting lower average borrowings during 
the 1998 period.  Other income (expense) is principally comprised of foreign 
currency exchange gains and losses incurred during the respective periods.
     
     As a result of the merger with XIT, the Company experienced a more than 
50% ownership change for federal income tax purposes.  As a result, an annual 
limitation will be placed upon the Company's ability to realize the benefit 
of its net operating loss and credit carryforwards.  The amount of this 
annual limitation, as well as the impact of the application of other possible 
limitations under the consolidated return regulations, has not been 
definitively determined at this time.  Management believes sufficient 
uncertainty exists regarding the realizability of the deferred tax asset 
items and that a valuation allowance, equal to the net deferred tax asset 
amount, is required.

                                       -13-

<PAGE>

SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 VERSUS JUNE 30, 1997
     
     Net sales for the first six months of 1998 decreased by approximately 
$1,020,000 or 5% from those in the same period of the prior year and was 
comprised of: (i) a decline in net sales of the Company's Circuits sector of 
approximately $3,630,000, of which approximately $3,180,000 resulted from the 
inclusion of the operating results of XACI for the entire period in 1997 
versus only the first three months of the first half of 1998 as a result of 
the sale of XACI which was effective as of March 31, 1998; (ii) a decrease in 
net sales of the Company's Components sector of approximately $760,000; and 
(iii) an increase in net sales for the Company's Test Equipment sector of 
$3,370,000 resulting from the inclusion of CXR for the entire six month 
period of 1998 versus only three months and five days during the first half 
of 1997 as a result of the Merger.  For the first six months of 1998, CXR 
experienced an increase in net sales of approximately $375,000 over the same 
period in 1997.
     
     Gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, increased from 24% in the 
first six months of 1997 to 30% in the same period in 1998.  This increase 
resulted primarily from the inclusion of the operating results of CXR for the 
entire six month period in 1998 versus three months and five days during the 
first six months of 1997.  In the first half of 1998, CXR contributed 
approximately $3,590,000 or 64% of the Company's total gross profit compared 
with $2,220,000 or 47% in the first half of 1997.  Gross profit, as a 
percentage of net sales, in the Company's Circuits and Components sectors 
remained essentially constant from the first half of 1997 to 1998 but 
decreased by approximately $480,000 resulting from the decrease in net sales 
in both sectors as noted above.
     
     Operating expenses (selling, general and administrative, and engineering 
and product development) increased $712,000 from $6,347,000 in the first six 
months of 1997 to $7,059,000 in the same period of 1998.  The principal 
element of this increase was the inclusion of the operating results of CXR 
for the entire six month period in 1998 versus three months and five days 
during the first six months of 1997 partially offset by the absence of such 
expenses in the second quarter of 1998 relating to XACI, subsequent to its 
sale.  Specifically, selling expenses experienced a net increase of 
approximately $560,000 in the first half of 1998 over 1997, primarily as the 
result of an increase of approximately $890,000 attributable to the inclusion 
of CXR and a decrease of approximately $310,000 resulting from the absence 
due to the sale of XACI.  The increase in general and administrative expense 
attributable to the inclusion of CXR for the entire six month period in 1998 
was substantially offset by the reduction in such expenses resulting from the 
sale of XACI.  Engineering and product development expenses increased 
approximately $350,000 in 1998 from 1997, substantially all of which was 
attributable to the inclusion of CXR for the full six month period in 1998.
     
     Selling expenses as a percentage of sales for the Circuits sector were 
substantially the same in the first six month of 1998 compared to the same 
period in 1997 while such expenses increased from 4.8% to 7.6% of net sales 
from 1997 to 1998 for the Components sector and from 18% to 21% for the Test 
Equipment sector as a result of spreading relatively fixed selling costs over 
lower net sales.  General and administrative expenses decreased approximately 
$200,000 in the first six months of 1998 compared with the same period in 
1997 principally as a result of a decrease in such expenses for the 
Components sector resulting from reductions in such costs across the entire 
sector, but most significantly in the United Kingdom operations which reduced 
staffing and facilities expenses during the second half of 1997.  Excluding 
XACI, general and administrative expenses for the Circuits sector increased 
only $23,000 but increased as a percentage of net sales from 7% in the first 
six months of 1997 to 10% in the same period in 1998 as a direct result of 
the decline in net sales for the sector.  In the Components Sector, general 
and administrative expenses decreased by approximately $590,000 and also 
decreased as a percentage of net sales from 18% in the first six months of 
1997 compared to 10% for the 

                                       -14-

<PAGE>

same period in 1998 as the sector's operating companies in the United Kingdom 
and Japan decreased personnel and facility costs as noted above.  Corporate 
administrative costs increased for the first six months of 1998 increased by 
approximately $130,000 over the same period in 1997 resulting principally 
from audit and tax return preparation expenses associated with the change in 
the Company's fiscal year-end.
     
     Interest expense decreased by $116,000 in the first six months of 1998 
versus the same period in 1997 reflecting lower average borrowings during the 
1998 period.  Other income (expense) is principally comprised of foreign 
currency exchange gains and losses incurred during the respective periods.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Cash of $2,260,000 was used in operations in the first six months of 
1998 versus cash of $2,766,000 used in operations in the first six months of 
1997. The decrease in cash used resulted from improved operating results in 
the 1998 period coupled with changes in working capital management during the 
respective periods.  Significant cash was consumed by XACI to fund continued 
operating losses until its sale at the end of the first quarter of 1998.  
During the first quarter of 1998, the Company also paid down approximately 
$660,000 in accrued expenses and accounts payable in connection with a $2.2 
million order received from AT&T in 1997, $1.4 million of which was shipped 
in the fourth quarter of 1997.  Although collection of accounts receivable 
remained stable during the first six months of 1998, at the end of the second 
quarter, the Company's accounts receivable rose sharply due to significant 
shipments by the Test Equipment sector at quarter-end.  Effective as of March 
31, 1998, the Company sold XACI, its principal circuits subsidiary, and in 
early April, received $1,350,000 in cash and a note for $650,000 upon the 
closing of the sale in early April.  The cash received was utilized to reduce 
certain long and short-term bank borrowings and other current debt.

     The Company's XIT subsidiary had a line of credit with a bank (the "XIT 
Debt") which provided for maximum borrowings of $3,500,000 collateralized by 
substantially all assets of XIT and its domestic subsidiaries with interest 
at the bank's prime rate (8.5% at June 30, 1998) plus 1%.  The XIT Debt 
agreement required maintenance of certain financial ratios and contained 
other restrictive covenants.  XIT was not in compliance with certain 
covenants of the XIT Debt agreement at December 31, 1997 and at June 30, 
1998.  Although the bank did not waive compliance with such debt covenants, 
it entered into a forbearance agreement with the Company in which it agreed 
to forbear from exercising its rights under the terms of the XIT Debt 
agreement provided the Company obtain a replacement credit facility.

     On July 8, 1998, the Company finalized a $10.5 million credit facility 
with a commercial finance company which provided a term loan of approximately 
$1.5 million and a revolving line of credit of up to $8 million based upon 
assets available from either existing or future-acquired operations, of which 
the Company has utilized approximately $4 million, and a capital equipment 
expenditure credit line of up to $1 million.  This credit facility replaced 
the existing credit facilities of the Company's domestic operating companies, 
which included the XIT Debt and CXR Telcom Corporation's line of credit, both 
of which were paid in full at the closing, and provides expanded borrowing 
capability based upon available assets.

                                       -15-

<PAGE>

     In June 1998, the Company sold 50 shares of Series A convertible 
preferred stock (the "Preferred Shares") at $10,000 per share to one 
institutional investor.  On July 8, 1998, the Company sold an additional 150 
Preferred Shares at the same per share price to two other institutional 
investors.  Included with the sale of such Preferred Shares were a total of 
one million warrants to purchase the Company's common stock exercisable at 
$1.25 per share and expiring May 22, 2001.  The unaudited proforma June 30, 
1998 balance sheet information presented elsewhere herein has been prepared 
to reflect the Company's financial position assuming the transactions which 
were completed in July 1998 had occurred as of June 30, 1998.  In total, the 
Company received net proceeds of approximately $1,847,000 after deduction of 
commissions and transaction-related expenses and utilized such proceeds for 
working capital.  The Preferred Shares are convertible into the common stock 
of the Company (see Note 7 to the Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements 
included elsewhere in this report).

YEAR 2000 ISSUE
     
     The Company continues to assess the impact, if any, of the Year 2000 
issue on its computer applications and operating systems, products and 
interactions with third parties.  At its domestic facilities, the Company is 
currently installing accounting and operations management computer 
applications which are year 2000 compliant and which operate on computer 
operating systems which are also year 2000 compliant.  The Company estimates 
that the completion of its conversion to such computer systems will occur 
during 1999.  The Company did not initiate such changes in application and 
operating software systems in order to accommodate the year 2000 issue but 
rather to upgrade and enhance its management information systems capability.  
As a part of its selection criteria, the Company considered the impact of the 
year 2000 issue.  While the Company currently believes that the impact of the 
change to the year 2000 will not have a material effect on the Company's 
operations or financial condition, its assessment of this issue is not yet 
complete and therefore some uncertainty exists as to whether material year 
2000 issues exist.
     
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
     
     There are four legal proceedings pending against the Company (see Note 6 
to the Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements included elsewhere in this 
report).  Management believes that the outcome of these pending proceedings 
will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of 
operations or cash flows of the Company.

OUTLOOK

     From the Merger at the end of March 1997 through early July 1998, the 
Company directed its attention to stabilizing its financial condition and 
improving its operating results.  In addition, during the second half of 
1997 and the first quarter of 1998, the Company expended considerable 
management time and effort to divest itself of the XACI operation which, due 
to its substantial operating losses, severely constricted the Company's cash 
position.  The Company's failure to maintain the requisite financial position 
and consequential default on its major bank debt financing agreement, which 
was eliminated in early July by the consolidated credit facility referenced 
above, resulted principally from the operating losses incurred at XACI.  The 
time and effort to manage that situation coupled with efforts to obtain a 
replacement credit facility absorbed considerable management attention.  
Nonetheless, with one exception, all operating units attained profitability 
in the second quarter of 1998. 

                                       -16-

<PAGE>

Additionally, the Company added $1.8 million in cash from the 
private equity placement referenced above.  The Company believes these 
achievements position it to continue to improve its operating results during 
the remainder of 1998.
     
     The Company's overall strategy is to expand its Test Equipment sector 
through the acquisition and/or development of new products, product lines 
and/or separate operating companies while concurrently continuing to evaluate 
existing lower-margin or loss operations elsewhere throughout the Company 
with a view toward divestment so as to redirect capital to the higher margin 
Test Equipment sector.  In addition, the Company will continue to seek to 
maximize short to intermediate term profitability on existing maturing 
product lines in all sectors through price increases and lower operating 
costs.  Over the last nine months, the Test Equipment sector in the United 
States market has successfully acquired and integrated the products of a 
state-of-the-art, customer-premises test equipment manufacturer located in St. 
Charles, Illinois.  The acquired products have replaced existing, aged 
products and, in a short period of time, have become a significant portion of 
the net sales of the US operation.  Production of this product line has been 
transferred to and consolidated with the CXR Telcom facility in Fremont, 
California and the St. Charles facility has been repositioned as an 
engineering, R&D and customer support center. Additionally, the French Test 
Equipment subsidiary has begun to market a broader range of test, 
transmission and networking products sourced through licensing, reseller and 
other agreements.  These actions, in conjunction with the reduction of lower 
margin Circuits sector business and the restructured marketing focus in the 
Components sector on higher margin products, has resulted in the Company 
reducing its net loss in the first quarter of 1998 from approximately 
$950,000 to just over $200,000 in the second quarter of 1998.  The Company 
believes continued improvement in operating results will continue in the 
third quarter despite this traditionally weak summer period in the Test 
Equipment sector - particularly in European - as demand for product in the 
other sectors remains stable.
     
     In the US Test Equipment Sector, the recent completion of mergers of 
various Regional Bell Operating Companies is beginning to produce new 
opportunities.  The consolidation of Southwest Bell and Pacific Bell now 
appears complete and release of equipment purchases is once again beginning 
to return to traditional levels.  Although the NYNEX and Bell Atlantic merger 
had initially created some uncertainty and delayed capital equipment 
purchases, this merger now affords the Company the opportunity to provide the 
combined entity with the Company's newer test equipment products.  Domestic 
sales of transmission products are expected to improve with the introduction 
of Remote Access Server products for Internet applications as well as trial 
systems for other transmission products which are currently in place.  
Additionally, in-house efforts are being directed toward developing software 
which will allow the recently acquired test equipment products to be marketed 
in both the Pacific Rim and Latin America.
     
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, "Disclosures about 
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" ("SFAS 131") issued by the 
FASB is effective for financial statements with fiscal years beginning after 
December 15, 1997.  The new standard requires that public business 
enterprises report certain information about operating segments in complete 
sets of financial statements of the enterprise and in condensed financial 
statements of interim periods issued to shareholders.  It also requires that 
public business enterprises report certain information about their products 
and services, the geographic areas in which they operate and their major 
customers.  The Company does not expect adoption of SFAS 131 to have a 
material effect on its financial position or results of operations. 

                                       -17-

<PAGE>

     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 132, "Employers' 
Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits" ("SFAS 132") 
issued by the FASB is effective for financial statements with fiscal years 
beginning after December 15, 1997 and will require restatement of disclosures 
for earlier periods provided for comparative purposes.  SFAS 132 standardizes 
the disclosure requirements for pensions and other postretirement benefits to 
the extent practicable, requires additional information on changes in the 
benefit obligations and fair values of plan assets that will facilitate 
financial analysis, and eliminates certain disclosures that are no longer 
considered useful.  The Company has not determined the effect, if any, of 
adoption of SFAS 132 on its financial position or results of operations. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
     
     None

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION


Item 1.  Legal Proceedings

     See Note 6 - Litigation in the accompanying Notes to Unaudited Consolidated
     Condensed Financial Statements; Part II, Item 1 of the Registrant's
     Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 1998; and, Legal Proceedings
     section of Item 3 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on
     April 15, 1998 for a description of previously reported proceedings.

Item 2.  Changes in Securities and Use of Proceeds

     (a)  None.

     (b)  None.

     (c)  During June and July 1998, the Company, through its Placement Agent 
          Pacific Continental Securities Corporation, completed the sale to 
          three institutional investors of 200 shares of Series A convertible 
          preferred stock (the "Preferred Shares") at $10,000 per share and 
          one million warrants to purchase the Company's common stock 
          exercisable at $1.25 per share, expiring May 22, 2001.  The 
          offering was completed on July 8, 1998 and the Company received net 
          proceeds of approximately $1,847,000 after deduction of commissions 
          and transaction-related expenses and utilized such proceeds for 
          working capital.  The Preferred Shares are convertible into the 
          common stock of the Company at the option of the holder thereof at 
          any time after the ninetieth (90th) day of issuance thereof at the 
          conversion price per share of Preferred Share equal to $10,000 
          divided by the lesser of (x) $1.25 and (y) One Hundred Percent 
          (100%) of the arithmetic average of the three lowest closing bid 
          prices over the forty (40) trading days prior to the exercise date 
          of any such conversion.  No more than 20% of the aggregate number 
          of Preferred Shares originally purchased and owned by any single 
          may be converted in any thirty (30) day period after the ninetieth 
          (90th) day of issuance.  In the event of any liquidation, 
          dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of shares of 
          Preferred Shares are entitled to receive, prior and in preference 
          to any distribution of 

                                       -18-

<PAGE>

          any of the assets of this corporation to the holders of the 
          company's common stock by reason of their ownership, an amount per 
          share equal to $10,000 for each outstanding Preferred Share.  Any 
          unconverted Preferred Shares may be redeemed at the option of the 
          Company for cash at a per share price equal to $11,500 per 
          Preferred Share and any Preferred Shares which remain outstanding 
          as of May 22, 2003 are subject to mandatory redemption by the 
          Company at the same per-share redemption price.

     (d)  Not applicable.

Item 3.  Defaults upon Senior Securities

     None.

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

     On June 11, 1998, the Company held its Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
     Matters voted on and results of the voting were as follows:

     A.   Election of Directors:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Name                          Class       Votes Received      Votes Withheld
     ----                          -----       --------------      --------------
<S>                                <C>         <C>                 <C>
     David A. Barrett                I            7,541,152           39,515
     Laurence P. Finnegan, Jr.      II            7,541,281           39,386
     Jack Talan                     II            3,966,229        3,614,438
</TABLE>

     Carmine T. Oliva and Robert Runyon are Class III directors whose term of
     office expires at the Company's Annual Meeting of Stockholders in 1999.
     
          Adoption of the Company's 1997 Stock Incentive Plan:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          For                      Against        Abstain        Not Voted
          ---                      -------        -------        ---------
<S>                                <C>            <C>            <C>
       4,264,393                   340,971        614,870        2,360,433
</TABLE>

     C.   Ratification of Selection by the Board of Directors of BDO Seidman,
          LLP as Independent Accountants:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          For                      Against        Abstain
          ---                      -------        -------  
<S>                                <C>            <C>      
     7,428,243                     13,001         139,423
</TABLE>

Item 5.  Other Information

     None.

                                       -19-

<PAGE>

Item 6.  Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

    (a)  Exhibits:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Exhibit   Description
     Number    -----------
     ------
<S>            <C>
     10.47     Loan and Security Agreement between Congress Financial
               Corporation (Western) and MicroTel International, Inc., XIT
               Corporation, CXR Telcom Corporation and HyComp, Inc. dated June
               23, 1998.

     10.48     Security Agreement between Congress Financial Corporation
               (Western) and XIT Corporation dated June 23, 1998.

     10.49     Subscription Agreement for the sale of Series A Convertible
               Preferred Stock of MicroTel International, Inc. to Fortune Fund
               Limited Seeker III.

     10.50     Subscription Agreement for the sale of Series A Convertible
               Preferred Stock of MicroTel International, Inc. to Rana General
               Holding, Ltd.

     10.51     Subscription Agreement for the sale of Series A Convertible
               Preferred Stock of MicroTel International, Inc. to Resonace Ltd.

     10.52     Form of Warrant to purchase the Common Stock of MicroTel
               International, Inc. issued in connection with the sale of Series
               A Convertible Preferred Stock..

     10.53     Amended Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of
               Preferred Stock of MicroTel International, Inc. a Delaware
               Corporation.

     10.54     Employment Agreement between MicroTel International, Inc. and
               James P. Butler dated May 1, 1998.

     27        Unaudited Financial Data Schedule for the six months ended June 30,
               1998.
</TABLE>

    (b)  Reports on Form 8-K:

         Reports on Form 8-K were filed as follows:

         (1) Dated April 9, 1998 under Item 2. Acquisition and Disposition of 
             Assets was filed on April 4, 1997 and subsequently amended on 
             Form 8-KA filed June 3, 1998.

         (2) Dated July 8, 1998 under Item 5. Other Events was filed on July 
             30, 1998.

                                       -20-

<PAGE>

                                    SIGNATURES


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of l934, the 
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the 
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

                                   MicroTel International, Inc.


August 13, 1998                    /s/ Carmine T. Oliva     
                                   -------------------------------
                                   Carmine T. Oliva
                                   Chief Executive Officer
                                   (Principal Executive Officer)




                                   /s/ James P. Butler 
                                   -------------------------------
                                   James P. Butler
                                   Chief Financial Officer
                                   (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

                                       -21-


<PAGE>
                                          
                            LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                   BY AND BETWEEN
                                          
                                          
                      CONGRESS FINANCIAL CORPORATION (WESTERN)
                                          
                                          
                                     AS LENDER
                                          
                                        AND
                                          
                                          
                            MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                          
                                  XIT CORPORATION
                                          
                               CXR TELCOM CORPORATION
                                          
                                        AND
                                          
                                    HYCOMP, INC.
                                          
                                          
                                    AS BORROWER
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          



                               DATED:  JUNE 23, 1998



<PAGE>




                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
                                                                                     PAGE(S)
                                                                                     -------
<S>            <C>                                                                   <C>
SECTION 1.     DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

SECTION 2.     CREDIT FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
               2.1    Revolving Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
               2.2    Letter of Credit Accommodations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
               2.3    Term Loan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
               2.4    Cap Ex Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

SECTION 3.     INTEREST AND FEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
               3.1    Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
               3.2    Closing Fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
               3.3    Facility Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
               3.4    Servicing Fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
               3.5    Unused Line Fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
               3.6    Compensation Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

SECTION 4.     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
               1.1    Conditions Precedent to Initial Loans and Letter of Credit 
                      Accommodations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
               1.2    Conditions Precedent to All Loans and Letter of Credit 
                      Accommodations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

SECTION 5.     GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

SECTION 6.     COLLECTION AND ADMINISTRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
               6.1    Borrower's Loan Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
               6.2    Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
               6.3    Collection of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
               6.4    Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
               6.5    Authorization to Make Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
               6.6    Use of Proceeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

SECTION 7.     COLLATERAL REPORTING AND COVENANTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
               7.1    Collateral Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
               7.2    Accounts Covenants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
               7.3    Inventory Covenants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
               7.4    Equipment Covenants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
               7.5    Power of Attorney. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
               7.6    Right to Cure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
               7.7    Access to Premises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

SECTION 8.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
               8.1    Corporate Existence, Power and Authority; Subsidiaries . . . . . .23
               8.2    Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Change . . . . . . . . .23
               8.3    Chief Executive Office; Collateral Locations . . . . . . . . . . .23
               8.4    Priority of Liens; Title to Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
               8.5    Tax Returns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
               8.6    Litigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
               8.7    Compliance with Other Agreements and Applicable Laws . . . . . . .24


                                       i

<PAGE>


                                                                                     PAGE(S)
                                                                                     ------
               8.8    Environmental Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
               8.9    Employee Benefits... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
               8.10   Accuracy and Completeness of Information . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
               8.11   Survival of Warranties; Cumulative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25

SECTION 9.     AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
               9.1    Maintenance of Existence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
               9.2    New Collateral Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
               9.3    Compliance with Laws, Regulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
               9.4    Payment of Taxes and Claims. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
               9.5    Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
               9.6    Financial Statements and Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . .28
               9.7    Sale of Assets, Consolidation, Merger, Dissolution, Etc. . . . . .29
               9.8    Encumbrances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
               9.9    Indebtedness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
               9.10   Loans, Investments, Guarantees, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
               9.11   Dividends and Redemptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
               9.12   Transactions with Affiliates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
               9.13   Intentionally Omitted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
               9.14   Adjusted Net Worth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
               9.15   Compliance with ERISA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
               9.16   Costs and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
               9.17   Further Assurances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

SECTION 10.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
               10.1   Events of Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
               10.2   Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

SECTION 11.    JURY TRIAL WAIVER; OTHER WAIVERS AND
               CONSENTS; GOVERNING LAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
               11.1   Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of Process; 
                      Jury Trial Waiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
               11.2   Waiver of Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
               11.3   Amendments and Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
               11.4   Waiver of Counterclaims. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
               11.5   Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

SECTION 12.    TERM OF AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
               12.1   Term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
               12.2   Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
               12.3   Partial Invalidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
               12.4   Successors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
               12.5   Entire Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
</TABLE>

                                       ii


<PAGE>


                                        INDEX TO
                                EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES


     Exhibit A                          Information Certificate

















                                      iii


<PAGE>



                            LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

     This Loan and Security Agreement dated June 23, 1998 is entered into by and
between Congress Financial Corporation (Western), a California corporation
("Lender") and Microtel International, Inc. ("Microtel"), a Delaware
corporation, XIT Corporation ("XIT"), a New Jersey Corporation, CXR Telcom
Corporation ("CXR"), a Delaware corporation, and Hycomp, Inc. ("Hycomp"), a
Massachusetts corporation.   (Microtel, XIT, CXR and Hycomp are sometimes
referred to in this Agreement, jointly and severally, as the "Borrower".)

                                W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, Borrower has requested that Lender enter into certain financing
arrangements with Borrower pursuant to which Lender may make loans and provide
other financial accommodations to Borrower; and

     WHEREAS, Lender is willing to make such loans and provide such financial
accommodations on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements
set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

SECTION 1.     DEFINITIONS.  

     All terms used herein which are defined in Article 1 or Article 9 of the
California Uniform Commercial Code shall have the respective meanings given
therein unless otherwise defined in this Agreement.  All references to the
plural herein shall also mean the singular and to the singular shall also mean
the plural.  All references to Borrower and Lender pursuant to the definitions
set forth in the recitals hereto, or to any other person herein, shall include
their respective successors and assigns.  The words "hereof", "herein",
"hereunder", "this Agreement" and words of similar import when used in this
Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not any particular
provision of this Agreement and as this Agreement now exists or may hereafter be
amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced.  An
Event of Default shall exist or continue or be continuing until such Event of
Default is waived in accordance with Section 11.3.  Any accounting term used
herein unless otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning
customarily given to such term in accordance with GAAP.  For purposes of this
Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings given to them
below:

     1.1  "ACCOUNTS" shall mean all present and future rights of Borrower to
payment for goods sold or leased or for services rendered, which are not
evidenced by instruments or chattel paper, and whether or not earned by
performance.

     1.2  "ADJUSTED NET WORTH" shall mean as to any Person, at any time, in
accordance with GAAP (except as otherwise specifically set forth below), on a
consolidated basis for such Person and its subsidiaries (if any, but not
including foreign subsidiaries), the amount equal to:  (a) the difference
between:  (i) the aggregate net book value of all assets of such Person and its
subsidiaries, calculating the book value of inventory for this purpose on a
first-in-first-out basis, 


                                       - 1 -

<PAGE>

after deducting from such book values all appropriate reserves in accordance 
with GAAP (including all reserves for doubtful receivables, obsolescence, 
depreciation and amortization) and (ii) the aggregate amount of the 
indebtedness and other liabilities of such Person and its subsidiaries 
(including tax and other proper accruals) PLUS (b) indebtedness of such 
Person and its subsidiaries which is subordinated in right of payment to the 
full and final payment of all of the Obligations on terms and conditions 
acceptable to Lender.

     1.3  "AVAILABILITY RESERVES" shall mean, as of any date of determination,
such amounts as Lender may from time to time establish and revise in good faith
reducing the amount of Revolving Loans and Letter of Credit Accommodations which
would otherwise be available to Borrower under the lending formula(s) provided
for herein:  (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as
determined by Lender in good faith, do or may affect either (i) the Collateral
or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value
(including without limitation any increase in any dilution with respect to the
Accounts of any Borrower), (ii) the assets, business or prospects of Borrower or
any Obligor or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Lender in the
Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof) or
(b) to reflect Lender's good faith belief that any collateral report or
financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any Obligor to
Lender is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material
respect or (c) to reflect any state of facts which Lender determines in good
faith constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or
both, constitute an Event of Default. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, Lender (i) shall establish on the date hereof and maintain throughout
the term of this Agreement and throughout any renewal term an Availability
Reserve for an amount equal to three (3) months of Borrower's gross rent and
other obligations as lessee for each leased premises of Borrower which is
located in a state where a landlord may be entitled to a priority lien on
Collateral to secure unpaid rent and with respect to each such property the
landlord has not executed a form of waiver and consent acceptable to Lender,
(ii) may establish an additional Availability Reserve on the date hereof, and
from time to time hereafter, and maintain such reserve throughout the term of
this Agreement and throughout any renewal term in an amount determined by Lender
in its discretion to be sufficient to cover the anticipated moving expenses and
other costs associated with the transfer of Inventory from each of Borrower's
locations to another location acceptable to Lender, and (iii) may establish and
maintain an additional Availability Reserve from time to time to compensate for
types of Inventory in an amount equal to more than the sales of such Inventory
during the prior 18 months.

     1.4  "BLOCKED ACCOUNT" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.3
hereof.

     1.5  "BUSINESS DAY" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or
other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required to close under
the laws of the State of New York, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania or the State
of California, and a day on which First Union National Bank or such other bank
as Lender may from time to time designate, and Lender are open for the
transaction of business.

     1.6  "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same now
exists or may from time to time hereafter be amended, modified, recodified or
supplemented, together with all rules, regulations and interpretations
thereunder or related thereto.


                                      - 2 -


<PAGE>


     1.7  "COLLATERAL" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof.

     1.8  "ELIGIBLE ACCOUNTS" shall mean Accounts created by Borrower which are
and continue to be acceptable to Lender based on the criteria set forth below. 
In general, Accounts shall be Eligible Accounts if:

          (a)  such Accounts arise from the actual and BONA FIDE sale and
delivery of goods by Borrower or rendition of services by Borrower in the
ordinary course of its business which transactions are completed in accordance
with the terms and provisions contained in any documents related thereto;

          (b)  such Accounts are not unpaid more than 60 days after their
original due date or more than 90 days after the date of the original invoice
for them;

          (c)  such Accounts comply with the terms and conditions contained in
Section 7.2(c) of this Agreement;

          (d)  such Accounts do not arise from sales on consignment, guaranteed
sale, sale and return, sale on approval, or other terms under which payment by
the account debtor may be conditional or contingent;

          (e)  the chief executive office of the account debtor with respect to
such Accounts is located in the United States of America or Canada, or, at
Lender's option, if either:  (i) the account debtor has delivered to Borrower an
irrevocable letter of credit issued or confirmed by a bank in the United States
satisfactory to Lender, sufficient to cover such Account, payable in the United
States of America and in U.S. Dollars, in form and substance satisfactory to
Lender and, if required by Lender, the original of such letter of credit has
been delivered to Lender or Lender's agent and the issuer thereof notified of
the assignment of the proceeds of such letter of credit to Lender, or (ii) such
Account is subject to credit insurance payable to Lender issued by an insurer
and on terms and in an amount acceptable to Lender, or (iii) such Account is
otherwise acceptable in all respects to Lender including, but not limited to,
the creditworthiness of the account debtor and the political risk associated
therewith, and the ability of the Lender to collect the foreign Account, subject
to such lending formulas with respect to each foreign Account as Lender may
determine, and each such foreign Account is payable to Borrower at a location in
the United States of America and in U.S. Dollars;

          (f)  such Accounts do not consist of progress billings, bill and hold
invoices or retainage invoices, except as to bill and hold invoices, if Lender
shall have received an agreement in writing from the account debtor, in form and
substance satisfactory to Lender, confirming the unconditional obligation of the
account debtor to take the goods related thereto and pay such invoice; 

          (g)  the account debtor with respect to such Accounts has not asserted
a counterclaim, defense or dispute and does not have, and does not engage in
transactions which may give rise to, any right of setoff against such Accounts; 


                                       - 3 -


<PAGE>


          (h)  there are no facts, events or occurrences which would impair the
validity, enforceability or collectability of such Accounts or reduce the amount
payable or delay payment thereunder; 

          (i)  such Accounts are subject to the first priority, valid and
perfected security interest of Lender and any goods giving rise thereto are not,
and were not at the time of the sale thereof, subject to any liens except those
permitted in this Agreement;

          (j)  neither the account debtor nor any officer or employee of the
account debtor with respect to such Accounts is an officer, employee or agent of
or affiliated with Borrower directly or indirectly by virtue of family
membership, ownership, control, management or otherwise; 

          (k)  the account debtors with respect to such Accounts are not any
foreign government, the United States of America, any State, political
subdivision, department, agency or instrumentality thereof, unless, if the
account debtor is the United States of America, any State, political
subdivision, department, agency or instrumentality thereof, upon Lender's
request, the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended or any similar
State or local law, if applicable, has been complied with in a manner
satisfactory to Lender; 

          (l)  there are no proceedings or actions which are threatened or
pending against the account debtors with respect to such Accounts which might
result in any material adverse change in any such account debtor's financial
condition; 

          (m)  such Accounts of a single account debtor or its affiliates do not
constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of all otherwise Eligible Accounts
(but the portion of the Accounts not in excess of such percentage may be deemed
Eligible Accounts); 

          (n)  such Accounts are not owed by an account debtor who has Accounts
unpaid more than 60 days after their original due date or more than 90 days
after the date of the original invoice for them which constitute more than fifty
percent (50%) of the total Accounts of such account debtor;

          (o)  such Accounts are owed by account debtors whose total
indebtedness to Borrower does not exceed the credit limit with respect to such
account debtors as determined by Lender from time to time (but the portion of
the Accounts not in excess of such credit limit may still be deemed Eligible
Accounts); and 

          (p)  such Accounts are owed by account debtors deemed creditworthy at
all times by Lender, as determined by Lender. 

     General criteria for Eligible Accounts may be established and revised from
time to time by Lender in good faith.  Any Accounts which are not Eligible
Accounts shall nevertheless be part of the Collateral.  

     1.9  "ELIGIBLE INVENTORY" shall mean Inventory consisting of 
finished goods held for resale in the ordinary course of the business of 
Borrower and raw materials for such finished 

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

goods which are acceptable to Lender based on the criteria set forth below.  
In general, Eligible Inventory shall not include (a) work-in-process; (b) 
components which are not part of finished goods; (c) spare parts for 
equipment; (d) packaging and shipping materials; (e) supplies used or 
consumed in Borrower's business; (f) Inventory at premises other than those 
owned and controlled by Borrower, except if Lender shall have received an 
agreement in writing from the person in possession of such Inventory and/or 
the owner or operator of such premises in form and substance satisfactory to 
Lender acknowledging Lender's first priority security interest in the 
Inventory, waiving security interests and claims by such person against the 
Inventory and permitting Lender access to, and the right to remain on, the 
premises so as to exercise Lender's rights and remedies and otherwise deal 
with the Collateral; (g) Inventory in-transit; (h) Inventory subject to a 
security interest or lien in favor of any person other than Lender except 
those permitted in this Agreement; (i) bill and hold goods; (j) 
unserviceable, obsolete or slow moving Inventory; (k) Inventory which is not 
subject to the first priority, valid and perfected security interest of 
Lender; (l) returned, damaged and/or defective Inventory; and (m) Inventory 
purchased or sold on consignment.  General criteria for Eligible Inventory 
may be established and revised from time to time by Lender in good faith.  
Any Inventory which is not Eligible Inventory shall nevertheless be part of 
the Collateral.

     1.10 "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" shall mean all federal, state, district, local
and foreign laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, and consent decrees relating
to health, safety, hazardous substances, pollution and environmental matters, as
now or at any time hereafter in effect, applicable to Borrower's business and
facilities (whether or not owned by it), including laws relating to emissions,
discharges, releases or threatened releases of pollutants, contamination,
chemicals, or hazardous, toxic or dangerous substances, materials or wastes into
the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water,
ground water, land surface or subsurface strata) or otherwise relating to the
generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage,
disposal, transport or handling of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, or
hazardous, toxic or dangerous substances, materials or wastes.

     1.11 "EQUIPMENT" shall mean all of Borrower's now owned and hereafter
acquired equipment, machinery, computers and computer hardware and software
(whether owned or licensed), vehicles, tools, furniture, fixtures, all
attachments, accessions and property now or hereafter affixed thereto or used in
connection therewith, and substitutions and replacements thereof, wherever
located.

     1.12 "ERISA" shall mean the United States Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as the same now exists or may hereafter from time to time
be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented, together with all rules,
regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto.

     1.13 "ERISA AFFILIATE" shall mean any person required to be aggregated with
Borrower or any of its affiliates under Sections 414(b), 414(c), 414(m) or
414(o) of the Code.

     1.14 "EVENT OF DEFAULT" shall mean the occurrence or existence of any event
or condition described in Section 10.1 hereof.


                                      - 5 -


<PAGE>


     1.15 "EXCESS AVAILABILITY" shall mean the amount, as determined by Lender,
calculated at any time, equal to: (a) the lesser of: (i) the amount of the
Revolving Loans available to Borrower as of such time based on the applicable
lender formulas multiplied by the Net Amount of Eligible Accounts and the Value
of Eligible Inventory, as determined by Lender, and subject to the sublimits and
Availability Reserves from time to time established by Lender hereunder, and
(ii) the Maximum Credit (less the then outstanding principal amount of the Term
Loan), MINUS (b) the sum of: (i) the amount of all then outstanding and unpaid
Obligations (but not including for this purpose the then outstanding principal
amount of the Term Loan), (ii) the aggregate amount of all then outstanding and
unpaid trade payables of Borrower which are more than sixty (60) days past due
as of such time, (iii) the aggregate amount of Borrower's book overdrafts, and
(iv) the aggregate amount of Borrower's past due lease and notes payable.

     1.16 "FINANCING AGREEMENTS" shall mean, collectively, this Agreement and
all notes, guarantees, security agreements and other agreements, documents and
instruments now or at any time hereafter executed and/or delivered by Borrower
or any Obligor in connection with this Agreement, as the same now exist or may
hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or
replaced.

     1.17 "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States of America as in effect from time to time as set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the statements and pronouncements
of the Financial Accounting Standards Boards which are applicable to the
circumstances as of the date of determination consistently applied, except that,
for purposes of Sections 9.13 and 9.14 hereof, GAAP shall be determined on the
basis of such principles in effect on the date hereof and consistent with those
used in the preparation of the audited financial statements delivered to Lender
prior to the date hereof.

     1.18 "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" shall mean any hazardous, toxic or dangerous
substances, materials and wastes, including, without limitation, hydrocarbons
(including naturally occurring or man-made petroleum and hydrocarbons),
flammable explosives, asbestos, urea formaldehyde insulation, radioactive
materials, biological substances, polychlorinated biphenyls, pesticides,
herbicides and any other kind and/or type of pollutants or contaminants
(including, without limitation, materials which include hazardous constituents),
sewage, sludge, industrial slag, solvents and/or any other similar substances,
materials, or wastes and including any other substances, materials or wastes
that are or become regulated under any Environmental Law (including, without
limitation any that are or become classified as hazardous or toxic under any
Environmental Law).

     1.19 "INFORMATION CERTIFICATE" shall mean the Information Certificate of
Borrower constituting Exhibit A hereto containing material information with
respect to Borrower, its business and assets provided by or on behalf of
Borrower to Lender in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and the
other Financing Agreements and the financing arrangements provided for herein.

     1.20 "INVENTORY" shall mean all of Borrower's now owned and hereafter
existing or acquired raw materials, work in process, finished goods and all
other inventory of whatsoever kind or nature, wherever located.


                                      - 6 - 



<PAGE>

               1.21 "LETTER OF CREDIT ACCOMMODATIONS" shall mean the letters 
of credit, merchandise purchase or other guaranties which are from time to 
time either (a) issued, opened or provided by Lender for the account of 
Borrower or any Obligor or (b) with respect to which Lender has agreed to 
indemnify the issuer or guaranteed to the issuer the performance by Borrower 
of its obligations to such issuer.

               1.22 "LOANS" shall mean the Revolving Loans, the Cap Ex Loans 
and the Term Loan.

               1.23 "MAXIMUM CREDIT" shall mean the amount of $10,500,000.

               1.24 "NET AMOUNT OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNTS" shall mean the gross 
amount of Eligible Accounts less (a) sales, excise or similar taxes included 
in the amount thereof and (b) returns, discounts, claims, credits and 
allowances of any nature at any time issued, owing, granted, outstanding, 
available or claimed with respect thereto.

               1.25 "OBLIGATIONS" shall mean any and all Revolving Loans, the 
Cap Ex Loans, the Term Loan, Letter of Credit Accommodations and all other 
obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of every kind, nature and 
description owing by Borrower to Lender and/or its affiliates, including 
principal, interest, charges, fees, costs and expenses, however evidenced, 
whether as principal, surety, endorser, guarantor or otherwise, whether 
arising under this Agreement or otherwise, whether now existing or hereafter 
arising, whether arising before, during or after the initial or any renewal 
term of this Agreement or after the commencement of any case with respect to 
Borrower under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any similar statute 
(including, without limitation, the payment of interest and other amounts 
which would accrue and become due but for the commencement of such case), 
whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, due or 
not due, primary or secondary, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or 
unsecured, and however acquired by Lender.

               1.26 "OBLIGOR" shall mean any guarantor, endorser, acceptor, 
surety or other person liable on or with respect to the Obligations or who is 
the owner of any property which is security for the Obligations, other than 
Borrower.

               1.27 "PARTICIPANT" shall mean any person which at any time 
participates with Lender in respect of the Loans, the Letter of Credit 
Accommodations or other Obligations or any portion thereof.

               1.28 "PAYMENT ACCOUNT" shall have the meaning set forth in 
Section 6.3 hereof.

               1.29 "PERSON" or "PERSON" shall mean any individual, sole 
proprietorship, partnership, corporation (including, without limitation, any 
corporation which elects subchapter S status under the Internal Revenue Code 
of 1986, as amended), business trust, unincorporated association, joint stock 
corporation, trust, joint venture or other entity or any government or any 
agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof.

               1.30 "PRIME RATE" shall mean the rate from time to time 
publicly announced by First Union National Bank or its successors, at its 
office in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, as its prime rate, whether or not such 
announced rate is the best rate available at such bank.  

                                       -7-
<PAGE>

               1.31 "RECORDS" shall mean all of Borrower's present and future 
books of account of every kind or nature, purchase and sale agreements, 
invoices, ledger cards, bills of lading and other shipping evidence, 
statements, correspondence, memoranda, credit files and other data relating 
to the Collateral or any account debtor, together with the tapes, disks, 
diskettes and other data and software storage media and devices, file 
cabinets or containers in or on which the foregoing are stored (including any 
rights of Borrower with respect to the foregoing maintained with or by any 
other person).

               1.32 "REVOLVING LOANS" shall mean the loans now or hereafter 
made by Lender to or for the benefit of Borrower on a revolving basis 
(involving advances, repayments and readvances) as set forth in Section 2.1 
hereof. 

               1.33 "TERM LOAN" shall mean collectively the term loans made 
by Lender to Borrower as provided for in Section 2.3 hereof.

               1.34 "VALUE" shall mean, as determined by Lender in good 
faith, with respect to Inventory, the lower of (a) cost computed on a 
first-in-first-out basis in accordance with GAAP or (b) market value. 

SECTION 2.     CREDIT FACILITIES.  

               2.1  REVOLVING LOANS.  

                    (a)  Subject to, and upon the terms and conditions 
contained herein, Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans to Borrower from time 
to time in amounts requested by Borrower up to  the amount equal to the sum 
of:  

                         (i) EIGHTY-FIVE PERCENT (85%) of the Net Amount of 
               Eligible Accounts, plus 

                         (ii) the lesser of:  

                              (A) the sum of FORTY PERCENT (40%) of the Value 
               of Eligible Inventory consisting of finished goods plus 
               TWENTY-FIVE PERCENT (25%) of the Value of Eligible Inventory 
               consisting of raw materials for such finished goods, or 

                              (B) the amount equal to:  (1) $500,000 minus 
               FORTY PERCENT (40%) of the then undrawn amounts of the 
               outstanding Letter of Credit Accommodations for the purpose of 
               purchasing finished goods, plus (2) $1,000,000 minus 
               TWENTY-FIVE PERCENT (25%) of the then undrawn amounts of the 
               outstanding Letter of Credit Accommodations for the purpose of 
               purchasing raw materials for such finished goods, less 

                         (iii) any Availability Reserves;

               PROVIDED THAT:

                                         -8-
<PAGE>

                    (1) Total Revolving Loans to all Borrowers shall not at any
               time exceed $9,000,000;

                    (2) Total Loans to all Borrowers with respect to finished 
               goods shall not exceed $500,000 at any time outstanding; 

                    (3) Total Loans to all Borrowers with respect to raw 
               materials shall not exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding;

                    (4)  Borrower shall have the right, not more frequently 
               than once per fiscal year, to have the Eligible Inventory 
               appraised by an appraiser acceptable to Lender in its sole 
               discretion, at Borrower's expense, and to have the percentages 
               set forth in Section 2.1.(a)(ii)(A) and (B) adjusted to the 
               lesser of 80% of the orderly liquidation value of such 
               Eligible Inventory as determined by said appraiser, or 100% of 
               the auction value of such Eligible Inventory as determined by 
               said appraiser, in each case net of Lender's estimate as to 
               the costs and expenses of sale of such Eligible Inventory in 
               an auction or orderly liquidation.

Revolving Loans will be made separately to each Borrower based on the 
Eligible Accounts and Eligible Inventory of each Borrower, but subject to the 
dollar limits set forth above, which shall apply to the total Revolving Loans 
to all Borrowers.

                    (b)  Lender may, in its discretion, from time to time, 
upon not less than five (5) days prior notice to Borrower, (i) reduce the 
lending formula with respect to Eligible Accounts to the extent that Lender 
determines in good faith that: (A) the dilution with respect to the Accounts 
for any period (based on the ratio of (1) the aggregate amount of reductions 
in Accounts other than as a result of payments in cash to (2) the aggregate 
amount of total sales) has increased in any material respect or may be 
reasonably anticipated to increase in any material respect above historical 
levels, or (B) the general creditworthiness of account debtors has declined 
or (ii) reduce the lending formula(s) with respect to Eligible Inventory to 
the extent that Lender determines that: (A) the number of days of the 
turnover, or the mix, of the Inventory for any period has changed in any 
material respect or (B) the liquidation value of the Eligible Inventory, or 
any category thereof, has decreased, or (C) the nature and quality of the 
Inventory has deteriorated in any material respect.  In determining whether 
to reduce the lending formula(s), Lender may consider events, conditions, 
contingencies or risks which are also considered in determining Eligible 
Accounts, Eligible Inventory or in establishing Availability Reserves.

                    (c)  Except in Lender's discretion, the aggregate amount 
of the Loans, the Letter of Credit Accommodations and other Obligations 
outstanding at any time shall not exceed the Maximum Credit.  In the event 
that the outstanding amount of any component of the Loans, or the aggregate 
amount of the outstanding Loans, Letter of Credit Accommodations and other 
Obligations exceed the amounts available under the lending formulas set forth 
in Section 2.1(a) hereof, the sublimits for Letter of Credit Accommodations 
set forth in Section 2.2(c) or the Maximum Credit, as applicable, such event 
shall not limit, waive or otherwise affect any rights of Lender in that 
circumstance or on any future occasions and Borrower shall, upon demand by 
Lender, which may be made at any time or from time to time, immediately repay 
to Lender the entire amount of any such excess(es) for which payment is 
demanded.

                                         -9-
<PAGE>

                    (d)  Without limiting any of the other provisions of this 
Agreement, all payments of principal and interest and all other sums received 
by Borrower under that certain promissory note dated March 31, 1998 in the 
original principal amount of $650,000, which Borrower represents has an 
unpaid principal balance of $650,000, made by Arnold Circuits, Inc. (the 
"Arnold's Note") shall be remitted by Borrower to Lender to be applied to the 
Revolving Loans.

               2.2  LETTER OF CREDIT ACCOMMODATIONS.  

                    (a)  Subject to, and upon the terms and conditions 
contained herein, at the request of Borrower, Lender agrees to provide or 
arrange for Letter of Credit Accommodations for the account of Borrower 
containing terms and conditions acceptable to Lender and the issuer thereof.  
Any payments made by Lender to any issuer thereof and/or related parties in 
connection with the Letter of Credit Accommodations shall constitute 
additional Revolving Loans to Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.

                    (b)  In addition to any charges, fees or expenses charged 
by any bank or issuer in connection with the Letter of Credit Accommodations, 
Borrower shall pay to Lender a letter of credit fee at a rate equal to ONE 
PERCENT (1%) per annum on the daily outstanding balance of the Letter of 
Credit Accommodations for the immediately preceding month (or part thereof), 
payable in arrears as of the first day of each succeeding month; PROVIDED, 
HOWEVER, that such letter of credit fee shall be increased, at Lender's 
option, without notice, to three percent (3%) per annum for the period on or 
after the date of termination or non-renewal of this Agreement, or the date 
of the occurrence of an Event of Default.  Such letter of credit fee shall be 
calculated on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year and actual 
days elapsed and the obligation of Borrower to pay such fee shall survive the 
termination or non-renewal of this Agreement.

                    (c)  No Letter of Credit Accommodations shall be 
available unless on the date of the proposed issuance of any Letter of Credit 
Accommodations, the Revolving Loans available to Borrower (subject to the 
Maximum Credit and any Availability Reserves) are equal to or greater than:  
(i) if the proposed Letter of Credit Accommodation is for the purpose of 
purchasing Eligible Inventory, the sum of (A) the product of the Value of 
such Eligible Inventory multiplied by an amount equal to one minus the then 
applicable Inventory advance rate under Section 2.1(a)(ii), plus (B) freight, 
taxes, duty and other amounts which Lender estimates must be paid in 
connection with such Inventory upon arrival and for delivery to one of 
Borrower's locations for Eligible Inventory within the United States of 
America and (ii) if the proposed Letter of Credit Accommodation is for 
standby letters of credit guaranteeing the purchase of Eligible Inventory or 
for any other purpose, an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the 
face amount thereof and all other commitments and obligations made or 
incurred by Lender with respect thereto.  Effective on the issuance of each 
Letter of Credit Accommodation, the amount of Revolving Loans which might 
otherwise be available to Borrower shall be reduced by the applicable amount 
set forth in Section 2.2(c)(i) or Section 2.2(c)(ii).

                    (d)  Except in Lender's discretion, (i) the amount of all 
outstanding Letter of Credit Accommodations and all other commitments and 
obligations made or incurred by Lender in connection therewith, shall not at 
any time exceed $1,000,000, and (ii) the amount of all outstanding Letter of 
Credit Accommodations for the purpose of purchasing Eligible Inventory 

                                         -10-
<PAGE>

and all other commitments and obligations made or incurred by Lender in 
connection therewith shall not at any time exceed: (A) $500,000 minus the 
amount of the then outstanding Revolving Loans based on Eligible Inventory 
consisting of finished goods, pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(ii) hereof, plus (B) 
$1,000,000 minus the amount of the then outstanding Revolving Loans based on 
Eligible Inventory consisting of raw materials, pursuant to Section 
2.1(a)(ii) hereof.  At any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred 
and is continuing, upon Lender's request, Borrower will either furnish cash 
collateral to secure the reimbursement obligations to the issuer in 
connection with any Letter of Credit Accommodations or furnish cash 
collateral to Lender for the Letter of Credit Accommodations, and in either 
case, the Revolving Loans otherwise available to Borrower shall not be 
reduced as provided in Section 2.2(c) to the extent of such cash collateral.

                    (e)  Borrower shall indemnify and hold Lender harmless 
from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs and 
expenses which Lender may suffer or incur in connection with any Letter of 
Credit Accommodations and any documents, drafts or acceptances relating 
thereto, including, but not limited to, any losses, claims, damages, 
liabilities, costs and expenses due to any action taken by any issuer or 
correspondent with respect to any Letter of Credit Accommodation.  Borrower 
assumes all risks with respect to the acts or omissions of the drawer under 
or beneficiary of any Letter of Credit Accommodation and for such purposes 
the drawer or beneficiary shall be deemed Borrower's agent.  Borrower assumes 
all risks for, and agrees to pay, all foreign, Federal, State and local 
taxes, duties and levies relating to any goods subject to any Letter of 
Credit Accommodations or any documents, drafts or acceptances thereunder.  
Borrower hereby releases and holds Lender harmless from and against any acts, 
waivers, errors, delays or omissions, whether caused by Borrower, by any 
issuer or correspondent or otherwise, unless caused by the gross negligence 
or willful misconduct of Lender, with respect to or relating to any Letter of 
Credit Accommodation.  The provisions of this Section 2.2(e) shall survive 
the payment of Obligations and the termination or non-renewal of this 
Agreement.  

                    (f)  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or 
construed to grant Borrower any right or authority to pledge the credit of 
Lender in any manner. Lender shall have no liability of any kind with respect 
to any Letter of Credit Accommodation provided by an issuer other than Lender 
unless Lender has duly executed and delivered to such issuer the application 
or a guarantee or indemnification in writing with respect to such Letter of 
Credit Accommodation. Borrower shall be bound by any interpretation made in 
good faith by Lender, or any other issuer or correspondent under or in 
connection with any Letter of Credit Accommodation or any documents, drafts 
or acceptances thereunder, notwithstanding that such interpretation may be 
inconsistent with any instructions of Borrower.  Lender shall have the sole 
and exclusive right and authority to, and Borrower shall not: (i) at any time 
an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, (A) approve or 
resolve any questions of non-compliance of documents, (B) give any 
instructions as to acceptance or rejection of any documents or goods or (C) 
execute any and all applications for steamship or airway guaranties, 
indemnities or delivery orders, and (ii) at all times, (A) grant any 
extensions of the maturity of, time of payment for, or time of presentation 
of, any drafts, acceptances, or documents, and (B) agree to any amendments, 
renewals, extensions, modifications, changes or cancellations of any of the 
terms or conditions of any of the applications, Letter of Credit 
Accommodations, or documents, drafts or acceptances 

                                         -11-
<PAGE>


thereunder or any letters of credit included in the 
Collateral.  Lender may take such actions either in its own name or in 
Borrower's name.

                    (g)  Any rights, remedies, duties or obligations granted 
or undertaken by Borrower to any issuer or correspondent in any application 
for any Letter of Credit Accommodation, or any other agreement in favor of 
any issuer or correspondent relating to any Letter of Credit Accommodation, 
shall be deemed to have been granted or undertaken by Borrower to Lender.  
Any duties or obligations undertaken by Lender to any issuer or correspondent 
in any application for any Letter of Credit Accommodation, or any other 
agreement by Lender in favor of any issuer or correspondent relating to any 
Letter of Credit Accommodation, shall be deemed to have been undertaken by 
Borrower to Lender and to apply in all respects to Borrower.

               2.3  TERM LOAN.  

                    (a)  Lender is making Term Loans to Borrower in the 
following original principal amounts (which, as provided in Section 1.33, are 
collectively referred to in this Agreement as the "Term Loan"):

<TABLE>
                    <S>                                     <C>
                    Microtel International, Inc.            $729,000

                    XIT Corporation                         $379,000
               
                    CXR Telcom Corporation                  $193,000

                    Hycomp, Inc.                            $334,000
</TABLE>

The Term Loan is (a) evidenced by Term Promissory Notes in the above original 
principal amounts duly executed and delivered by above Borrowers to Lender 
concurrently herewith; (b) to be repaid, together with interest and other 
amounts, in accordance with this Agreement, the Term Promissory Notes, and 
the other Financing Agreements and (c) secured by all of the Collateral.  
Borrower represents and warrants that the appraisal of its equipment, on 
which the amount of the Term Loan was based, did not include any equipment 
which was subject to any liens or security interests in favor of any other 
party (other than those being terminated concurrently herewith).

                    (b)  The Term Loan shall be repayable in 60 equal monthly 
installments of principal commencing on the first day of the first month 
following the date the Term Loan is made and continuing on the same day of 
each succeeding month, provided that the entire unpaid principal balance of 
the Term Loan shall be due and payable on expiration of the term of this 
Agreement or termination of this Agreement  by either party as provided 
herein.  

                    (c)  Borrower may, at its expense, have all (but not less 
than all) of its machinery and equipment located in the State of California, 
which is free and clear of any and all other liens and security interests 
(including Permitted Liens), appraised by Joseph Finn Co. within 30 days 
after the date hereof, and in the event such appraisal is acceptable to 
Lender in its discretion, the amount of the Term Loan shall be adjusted to an 
amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) 100% of the auction value of all of 
such equipment net of Lender's estimate as to the costs and expenses of sale 
thereof (without duplication), or (ii) 80% of the orderly liquidation value 
of 

                                         -12-
<PAGE>

all such equipment net of Lender's estimate as to the costs and expenses 
of sale thereof (without duplication), or (iii) $3,500,000. In the event the 
amount of the Term Loan is so adjusted, the regular principal payments 
thereunder shall be adjusted so that each regular principal payment is in an 
amount equal to the adjusted principal amount thereof divided by the number 
of remaining payments.

               2.4  CAP EX LOANS.  

               Subject to, and upon the terms and conditions contained 
herein, Lender agrees to make loans (the "Cap Ex Loans") to Borrower from 
time to time in amounts requested by Borrower up to 75% of the net purchase 
price of new Equipment purchased after the date hereof and acceptable to 
Lender in its discretion (provided that not more than $1,000,000 in Cap Ex 
Loans shall be made hereunder).  Cap Ex Loans may not be re-borrowed after 
being repaid.  The net purchase price of Equipment means the purchase price 
thereof, as shown on the applicable invoice, net of all charges for taxes, 
freight, delivery, insurance, installation, set-up, training, manuals, fees, 
service charges and other similar items.  Cap Ex Loans shall be made in 
disbursements of not less than $200,000 each and the proceeds of Cap Ex Loans 
shall be used exclusively to purchase the applicable Equipment.  Each Cap Ex 
Loan shall be repaid by the Borrower to Lender in 60 equal monthly payments 
of principal, commencing on the first day of the first month after such Cap 
Ex Loan was disbursed and continuing until the earlier of the date such Cap 
Ex Loan has been paid in full or the date this Agreement terminates by its 
terms or is terminated, at which date the entire unpaid principal balance of 
the Cap Ex Loans, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be due 
and payable.

SECTION 3.     INTEREST AND FEES.   

               3.1  INTEREST.  

                    (a)  Borrower shall pay to Lender interest on the 
outstanding principal amount of the non-contingent Obligations as follows:

                         (1) Borrower shall pay to Lender interest on the 
outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans at the rate of one 
percent (1%) per annum in excess of the Prime Rate; provided that, regardless 
of the amount of Revolving Loans outstanding in any month, Borrower shall pay 
Lender minimum interest on the Revolving Loans in an amount equal to the 
interest which would have been payable thereon at the interest rate in effect 
during such month, if the unpaid principal balance of the Revolving Loans was 
$2,500,000 throughout such month.

                         (2) Borrower shall pay to Lender interest on the 
outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan and the Cap Ex Loans at the 
rate of one and one-quarter percent (1.25%) per annum in excess of the Prime 
Rate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall pay to Lender interest, at 
Lender's option, without notice, (i) at the rate of 3% per annum in excess of 
the Prime Rate (in the case of the Revolving Loans) and at the rate of 3.25% 
per annum in excess of the Prime Rate (in the case of the Term Loan and the 
Cap Ex Loans) on the non-contingent Obligations for the period from and after 
the date of termination or non-renewal hereof, or the date of the occurrence 
of an Event of Default, 

                                         -13-
<PAGE>

and for so long as such Event of Default is continuing as determined by 
Lender and until such time as Lender has received full and final payment of 
all such Obligations (notwithstanding entry of any judgment against 
Borrower), and (ii) at the rate of 3% per annum in excess of the Prime Rate 
on the Revolving Loans at any time outstanding in excess of the amounts 
available to Borrower under Section 2 (whether or not such excess(es), arise 
or are made with or without Lender's knowledge or consent and whether made 
before or after an Event of Default).  All interest accruing hereunder on and 
after the occurrence of any of the events referred to in Sections 3.1(a)(i) 
or 3.1(a)(ii) above shall be payable on demand.

                    (b)  Interest shall be payable by Borrower to Lender 
monthly in arrears not later than the first day of each calendar month and 
shall be calculated on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year and 
actual days elapsed.  The interest rate shall increase or decrease by an 
amount equal to each increase or decrease in the Prime Rate effective on the 
first day of the month after any change in such Prime Rate is announced based 
on the Prime Rate in effect on the last day of the month in which any such 
change occurs.  In no event shall charges constituting interest payable by 
Borrower to Lender exceed the maximum amount or the rate permitted under any 
applicable law or regulation, and if any part or provision of this Agreement 
is in contravention of any such law or regulation, such part or provision 
shall be deemed amended to conform thereto.

               3.2  CLOSING FEE.  Borrower shall pay to Lender as a closing 
fee the amount of $105,000, which shall be fully earned as of the date 
hereof.  Said closing fee shall be payable $75,000 on the date hereof, and 
the balance of $30,000 shall be payable on the earlier of (i) the first 
anniversary of the date hereof, or (ii) the date this Loan Agreement 
terminates by its terms or is terminated by either party as provided herein.

               3.3  FACILITY FEE.  [Intentionally Omitted.]

               3.4  SERVICING FEE.  Borrower shall pay to Lender annually a 
servicing fee in an amount equal to $36,000 in respect of Lender's services 
for each year (or part thereof) while this Agreement remains in effect and 
for so long thereafter as any of the Obligations are outstanding, which fee 
shall be fully earned in advance as of the date hereof and on each annual 
anniversary hereafter, such annual servicing fee to be payable on a 
semi-annual basis, in advance, with the first such semi-annual payment, in 
the amount of $18,000, payable on the date hereof and successive semi-annual 
payments hereafter, each in the amount of $18,000,  on the first day of each 
six month period hereafter. 

               3.5  UNUSED LINE FEE. [Intentionally Omitted.]

               3.6  COMPENSATION ADJUSTMENT.  

                    (a)  If after the date of this Agreement the introduction 
of, or any change in, any law or any governmental rule, regulation, policy, 
guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law), or any 
interpretation thereof, or compliance by Lender or any Participant therewith:


                                         -14-
<PAGE>

                         (i)  subjects Lender to any tax, duty, charge or 
               withholding on or from payments due from Borrower (excluding 
               franchise taxes imposed upon, and taxation of the overall net 
               income of, Lender or any Participant), or changes the basis of 
               taxation of payments, in either case in respect of amounts due 
               it hereunder, or

                         (ii)  imposes or increases or deems applicable any 
               reserve requirement or other reserve, assessment, insurance 
               charge, special deposit or similar requirement against assets 
               of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by 
               Lender or any Participant, or

                         (iii) imposes any other condition the result of 
               which is to increase the cost to Lender or any Participant of 
               making, funding or maintaining the Revolving Loans or Letter 
               of Credit Accommodations or reduces any amount receivable by 
               Lender or any Participant in connection with the Loans or 
               Letter of Credit Accommodations, or requires Lender or any 
               Participant to make payment calculated by references to the 
               amount of loans held or interest received by it, by an amount 
               deemed material by Lender or any Participant, or

                         (iv) imposes or increases any capital requirement or 
               affects the amount of capital required or expected to be 
               maintained by Lender or any Participant or any corporation 
               controlling Lender or any Participant, and Lender or any 
               Participant determines that such imposition or increase in 
               capital requirements or increase in the amount of capital 
               expected to be maintained is based upon the existence of this 
               Agreement or the Loans or Letter of Credit Accommodations 
               hereunder, all of which may be determined by Lender's 
               reasonable allocation of the aggregate of its impositions or 
               increases in capital required or expected to be maintained, 
               and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost 
               to Lender or any Participant of making, renewing or 
               maintaining the Loans or Letter of Credit Accommodations, or 
               to reduce the rate of return to Lender or any Participant on 
               the Loans or Letter of Credit Accommodations, then upon demand 
               by Lender, Borrower shall pay to Lender, and continue to make 
               periodic payments to Lender or any Participant, such 
               additional amounts as may be necessary to compensate Lender or 
               any Participant for any such additional cost incurred or 
               reduced rate of return realized.

                    (b)  A certificate of Lender claiming entitlement to 
compensation as set forth above will be conclusive in the absence of manifest 
error.  Such certificate will set forth the nature of the occurrence giving 
rise to such compensation, the additional amount or amounts to be paid and 
the compensation and the method by which such amounts were determined.  In 
determining any additional amounts due from Borrower under this Section 3.6, 
Lender shall act reasonably and in good faith and will, to the extent that 
the increased costs, reductions, or amounts received or receivable relate to 
the Lender's or a Participant's loans or commitments generally and are not 
specifically attributable to the Loans and commitments hereunder, use 
averaging and attribution methods which are reasonable and equitable and 
which cover all loans and commitments under this Agreement by the Lender or 
such Participant, as the case may be, whether or not the loan documentation 
for such other loans and commitments permits the Lender or such Participant 
to receive compensation costs of the type described in this Section 3.6.


                                         -15-
<PAGE>

SECTION 4.     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.  

               4.1  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL LOANS AND LETTER OF 
CREDIT ACCOMMODATIONS.   Each of the following is a condition precedent to 
Lender making the initial Loans and providing the initial Letter of Credit 
Accommodations hereunder:

                    (a)  Lender shall have received, in form and substance 
satisfactory to Lender, all releases, terminations and such other documents 
as Lender may request to evidence and effectuate the termination of any 
interest in and to any assets and properties of Borrower, duly authorized, 
executed and delivered by it or each of them, including, but not limited to, 
UCC termination statements for all UCC financing statements and Lender shall 
have satisfied itself that it has valid, perfected and first priority 
security interests in and liens upon the Collateral and any other property 
which is intended as security for the Obligations, or the liability of any 
Obligor in respect thereto, subject only to the security interests and liens 
permitted herein or in the other Financing Agreements;

                    (b)  all requisite corporate action and proceedings in 
connection with this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements shall be 
satisfactory in form and substance to Lender, and Lender shall have received 
all information and copies of all documents, including, without limitation, 
records of requisite corporate action and proceedings which Lender may have 
requested in connection therewith, such documents where requested by Lender 
or its counsel to be certified by appropriate corporate officers or 
governmental authorities;

                    (c)  no material adverse change shall have occurred in 
the assets, business or prospects of Borrower since the date of Lender's 
latest field examination and no change or event shall have occurred which 
would impair the ability of Borrower or any Obligor to perform its 
obligations hereunder or under any of the other Financing Agreements to which 
it is a party or of Lender to enforce the Obligations or realize upon the 
Collateral;

                    (d)  Lender shall have completed a field review of the 
Records and of such other financial information, projections, budgets, 
business plans and cash flows as Lender shall reasonably request from time to 
time, including, but not limited to, current agings of receivables, current 
perpetual inventory records and/or rollforwards of Accounts and Inventory 
through the date of closing (including a physical count of the Inventory by a 
third party acceptable to Lender), together with supporting documentation, 
including documentation with respect to Inventory in-transit, goods in bonded 
warehouses or at other third-party locations, that will enable Lender to 
accurately identify and verify the eligible Collateral at or before closing 
in a manner satisfactory to Lender, the results of which shall be 
satisfactory to Lender;

                    (e)  Lender shall have received, in form and substance 
satisfactory to Lender, all consents, waivers, acknowledgments and other 
agreements from third persons which Lender may deem necessary or desirable in 
order to permit, protect and perfect its security interests in and liens upon 
the Collateral or to effectuate the provisions or purposes of this Agreement 
and the other Financing Agreements, including, without limitation, 
acknowledgments by lessors, mortgagees and warehousemen of Lender's security 
interests in the Collateral, waivers by such persons of any security 
interests, liens or other claims by such persons to the Collateral and 


                                         -16-
<PAGE>

agreements permitting Lender access to, and the right to remain on, the 
premises to exercise its rights and remedies and otherwise deal with the 
Collateral;

                    (f)  Lender shall have received evidence of insurance and 
loss payee endorsements required hereunder and under the other Financing 
Agreements, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, and certificates of 
insurance policies and/or endorsements naming Lender as loss payee;

                    (g)  Lender shall have received, in form and substance 
satisfactory to Lender, such opinion letters of counsel to Borrower with 
respect to the Financing Agreements and such other matters as Lender may 
request, provided that the legal opinion with respect to the due 
incorporation, valid existence and good-standing of Hycomp, Inc. shall be 
provided by Borrower to Lender within 30 days after the date hereof;

                    (h)  the Excess Availability as determined by Lender as 
of the date hereof, shall be satisfactory to Lender, in its discretion, after 
giving effect to the initial Loans made or to be made hereunder and the 
payment of all fees and expenses payable upon the consummation of the initial 
transactions contemplated by this Agreement; 

                    (i)  Lender shall have received, in form and substance 
satisfactory to Lender and its counsel, the assignment of all of Borrower's 
rights in registered patents, trademarks, service marks and copyrights, as 
Collateral hereunder, on Lender's standard forms of Collateral Assignments;

                    (j)  Lender shall have received, in form and substance 
satisfactory to Lender, an executed copy of a Blocked Account Agreement, 
pursuant to Section 6.3(ii) hereof, among Lender, Borrower and such banks as 
Lender shall specify; and

                    (k)  the other Financing Agreements and all instruments 
and documents hereunder and thereunder shall have been duly executed and 
delivered to Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender; and

                    (l)  Imperial Bank shall have terminated its security 
interests in all assets of all Borrowers, and any other holders of a security 
interest in Borrower's assets including, without limitation, vendors of 
Inventory to Borrower, shall have executed intercreditor and subordination 
agreements in form and substance satisfactory to Lender; and

                    (m)  Borrower shall have executed and delivered to Lender 
a Security Agreement, in such form as Lender shall specify, with respect to 
Borrower's partnership interest in Capital Source Partners, a Real Estate 
Partnership, a California general partnership, which is the owner of the real 
property located at 4290 E. Brickell, Ontario, California, acknowledged and 
agreed to by said partnership and the other partner therein.

                    (n)  Borrower shall have received additional cash equity 
contributions, concurrently herewith, in an amount not less than $900,000, 
and Lender shall have received evidence thereof satisfactory to Lender.


                                      -17-

<PAGE>

                    (o)  Lender shall have received cross-corporate 
continuing guaranties executed by each Borrower with respect to the 
Obligations of the other Borrowers, on such form as it shall specify.

                    (p)  Lender shall have received the original Arnold's 
Note, duly endorsed to Lender.

                    (q)  Lender shall have received, reviewed and approved 
Borrower's audited December 31, 1997 financial statements.

               4.2  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL LOANS AND LETTER OF CREDIT 
ACCOMMODATIONS. Each of the following is an additional condition precedent to 
Lender making Loans and/or providing Letter of Credit Accommodations to 
Borrower, including the initial Loans and Letter of Credit Accommodations and 
any future Loans and Letter of Credit Accommodations: 

                    (a)  all representations and warranties contained herein 
and in the other Financing Agreements shall be true and correct in all 
material respects with the same effect as though such representations and 
warranties had been made on and as of the date of the making of each such 
Loan or providing each such Letter of Credit Accommodation and after giving 
effect thereto; and

                    (b)  no Event of Default and no event or condition which, 
with notice or passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, 
shall exist or have occurred and be continuing on and as of the date of the 
making of such Loan or providing each such Letter of Credit Accommodation and 
after giving effect thereto. 

SECTION 5.     GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST.  

               To secure payment and performance of all Obligations, Borrower 
hereby grants to Lender a continuing security interest in, a lien upon, and a 
right of set off against, and hereby assigns to Lender as security, the 
following property and interests in property, whether now owned or hereafter 
acquired or existing, and wherever located (collectively, the "Collateral"):

               5.1  Accounts;

               5.2  All present and future contract rights, general 
intangibles (including, but not limited to, tax and duty refunds, registered 
and unregistered patents, trademarks, service marks, copyrights, trade names, 
applications for the foregoing, trade secrets, goodwill, processes, drawings, 
blueprints, customer lists, licenses, whether as licensor or licensee, choses 
in action and other claims and existing and future leasehold interests in 
equipment, real estate and fixtures), chattel paper, documents, instruments, 
investment property, letters of credit, bankers' acceptances and guaranties, 
(including without limitation the Arnold's Note);

               5.3  All present and future monies, securities, credit 
balances, deposits, deposit accounts and other property of Borrower now or 
hereafter held or received by or in transit to Lender or its affiliates or at 
any other depository or other institution from or for the account of 
Borrower, whether for safekeeping, pledge, custody, transmission, collection 
or otherwise, and 


                                      -18-

<PAGE>

all present and future liens, security interests, rights, remedies, title and 
interest in, to and in respect of Accounts and other Collateral, including, 
without limitation, (a) rights and remedies under or relating to guaranties, 
contracts of suretyship, letters of credit and credit and other insurance 
related to the Collateral, (b) rights of stoppage in transit, replevin, 
repossession, reclamation and other rights and remedies of an unpaid vendor, 
lienor or secured party, (c) goods described in invoices, documents, 
contracts or instruments with respect to, or otherwise representing or 
evidencing, Accounts or other Collateral, including, without limitation, 
returned, repossessed and reclaimed goods, and (d) deposits by and property 
of account debtors or other persons securing the obligations of account 
debtors;

               5.4  Inventory;

               5.5  Equipment; 

               5.6  Records; and

               5.7  All products and proceeds of the foregoing, in any form, 
including, without limitation, insurance proceeds and all claims against 
third parties for loss or damage to or destruction of any or all of the 
foregoing.

SECTION 6.     COLLECTION AND ADMINISTRATION  

               6.1  BORROWER'S LOAN ACCOUNT.  Lender shall maintain one or 
more loan account(s) on its books in which shall be recorded (a) all Loans, 
all Letter of Credit Accommodations and other Obligations and the Collateral, 
(b) all payments made by or on behalf of Borrower and (c) all other 
appropriate debits and credits as provided in this Agreement, including, 
without limitation, fees, charges, costs, expenses and interest.  All entries 
in the loan account(s) shall be made in accordance with Lender's customary 
practices as in effect from time to time.  

               6.2  STATEMENTS.  Lender shall render to Borrower each month a 
statement setting forth the balance in the Borrower's loan account(s) 
maintained by Lender for Borrower pursuant to the provisions of this 
Agreement, including principal, interest, fees, costs and expenses.  Each 
such statement shall be subject to subsequent adjustment by Lender but shall, 
absent manifest errors or omissions, be considered correct and deemed 
accepted by Borrower and conclusively binding upon Borrower as an account 
stated except to the extent that Lender receives a written notice from 
Borrower of any specific exceptions of Borrower thereto within thirty (30) 
days after the date such statement has been mailed by Lender. Until such time 
as Lender shall have rendered to Borrower a written statement as provided 
above, the balance in Borrower's loan account(s) shall be presumptive 
evidence of the amounts due and owing to Lender by Borrower.

               6.3  COLLECTION OF ACCOUNTS.  

                    (a)  Borrower shall establish and maintain, at its 
expense, blocked accounts or lockboxes and related blocked accounts (in 
either case, "Blocked Accounts"), as Lender may specify, with such banks as 
are acceptable to Lender into which Borrower shall promptly deposit and 
direct its account debtors to directly remit all payments on Accounts and all 
payments constituting proceeds of Inventory or other Collateral in the 
identical form in which such 


                                      -19-

<PAGE>

payments are made, whether by cash, check or other manner.  The banks at 
which the Blocked Accounts are established shall enter into an agreement, in 
form and substance satisfactory to Lender, providing that all items received 
or deposited in the Blocked Accounts are the property of Lender, that the 
depository bank has no lien upon, or right to setoff against, the Blocked 
Accounts, the items received for deposit therein, or the funds from time to 
time on deposit therein and that the depository bank will wire, or otherwise 
transfer, in immediately available funds, on a daily basis, all funds 
received or deposited into the Blocked Accounts to such bank account of 
Lender as Lender may from time to time designate for such purpose ("Payment 
Account").  Borrower agrees that all payments made to such Blocked Accounts 
or other funds received and collected by Lender, whether on the Accounts or 
as proceeds of Inventory or other Collateral or otherwise shall be the 
property of Lender.

                    (b)  For purposes of calculating interest on the 
Obligations, such payments or other funds received will be applied 
(conditional upon final collection) to the Obligations one (1) Business Days 
following the date of receipt of immediately available funds by Lender in the 
Payment Account, or one (1) Business Day following the date of receipt of 
funds that are not immediately available to Lender in the Payment Account, as 
applicable.  For purposes of calculating the amount of the Revolving Loans 
available to Borrower such payments will be applied (conditional upon final 
collection) to the Obligations on the Business Day of receipt by Lender in 
the Payment Account, if such payments are received within sufficient time (in 
accordance with Lender's usual and customary practices as in effect from time 
to time) to credit Borrower's loan account on such day, and if not, then on 
the next Business Day. In the event that there are no outstanding monetary 
Obligations at the time such payments or other funds are received, Borrower 
shall pay a Lender a charge (the "Float Charge") in an amount equal to 
interest at the Reduced Prime Rate on the amount of such payment or other 
funds, for one (1) Business Day following the date of receipt of immediately 
available funds by Lender in the Payment Account, or two (2) Business Days 
following the date of receipt of funds that are not immediately available to 
Lender in the Payment Account, as applicable.

                    (c)  Borrower and all of its affiliates, subsidiaries, 
shareholders, directors, employees or agents shall, acting as trustee for 
Lender, receive, as the property of Lender, any monies, checks, notes, drafts 
or any other payment relating to and/or proceeds of Accounts or other 
Collateral which come into their possession or under their control and 
immediately upon receipt thereof, shall deposit or cause the same to be 
deposited in the Blocked Accounts, or remit the same or cause the same to be 
remitted, in kind, to Lender.  In no event shall the same be commingled with 
Borrower's own funds.  Borrower agrees to reimburse Lender on demand for any 
amounts owed or paid to any bank at which a Blocked Account is established or 
any other bank or person involved in the transfer of funds to or from the 
Blocked Accounts arising out of Lender's payments to or indemnification of 
such bank or person, unless such payment or indemnification obligation of 
Lender was a result of Lender's gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The 
obligation of Borrower to reimburse Lender for such amounts pursuant to this 
Section 6.3 shall survive the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement. 

               6.4  PAYMENTS.  All Obligations shall be payable to the 
Payment Account as provided in Section 6.3 or such other place as Lender may 
designate from time to time.  Lender may apply payments received or collected 
from Borrower or for the account of Borrower (including, without 


                                      -20-

<PAGE>

limitation, the monetary proceeds of collections or of realization upon any 
Collateral) to such of the Obligations, whether or not then due, in such 
order and manner as Lender determines.  At Lender's option, all principal, 
interest, fees, costs, expenses and other charges provided for in this 
Agreement or the other Financing Agreements may be charged directly to the 
loan account(s) of Borrower.  Borrower shall make all payments to Lender on 
the Obligations free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for 
or on account of, any setoff, counterclaim, defense, duties, taxes, levies, 
imposts, fees, deductions, withholding, restrictions or conditions of any 
kind.  If after receipt of any payment of, or proceeds of Collateral applied 
to the payment of, any of the Obligations, Lender is required to surrender or 
return such payment or proceeds to any Person for any reason, then the 
Obligations intended to be satisfied by such payment or proceeds shall be 
reinstated and continue and this Agreement shall continue in full force and 
effect as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by Lender.  
Borrower shall be liable to pay to Lender, and does hereby indemnify and hold 
Lender harmless for the amount of any payments or proceeds surrendered or 
returned. This Section 6.4 shall remain effective notwithstanding any 
contrary action which may be taken by Lender in reliance upon such payment or 
proceeds.  This Section 6.4 shall survive the payment of the Obligations and 
the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement.

               6.5  AUTHORIZATION TO MAKE LOANS.  Lender is authorized to 
make the Loans and provide the Letter of Credit Accommodations based upon 
telephonic or other instructions received from anyone purporting to be an 
officer of Borrower or other authorized person or, at the discretion of 
Lender, if such Loans are necessary to satisfy any Obligations.  All requests 
for Loans or Letter of Credit Accommodations hereunder shall specify the date 
on which the requested advance is to be made or Letter of Credit 
Accommodations established (which day shall be a Business Day) and the amount 
of the requested Loan.  Requests received after 10:30 a.m. (Los Angeles time) 
on any day shall be deemed to have been made as of the opening of business on 
the immediately following Business Day.  All Loans and Letter of Credit 
Accommodations under this Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have 
been made to, and at the request of and for the benefit of, Borrower when 
deposited to the credit of Borrower or otherwise disbursed or established in 
accordance with the instructions of Borrower or in accordance with the terms 
and conditions of this Agreement.

               6.6  USE OF PROCEEDS.  Borrower shall use the initial proceeds 
of the Loans provided by Lender to Borrower hereunder only for:  (a) payments 
to each of the persons listed in the disbursement direction letter furnished 
by Borrower to Lender on or about the date hereof and (b) costs, expenses and 
fees in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery 
of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements.  All other Loans made 
or Letter of Credit Accommodations provided by Lender to Borrower pursuant to 
the provisions hereof shall be used by Borrower only for general operating, 
working capital and other proper corporate purposes of Borrower not otherwise 
prohibited by the terms hereof.  None of the proceeds will be used, directly 
or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security 
or for the purposes of reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was 
originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for any other 
purpose which might cause any of the Loans to be considered a "purpose 
credit" within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the 
Federal Reserve System, as amended. 


                                      -21-

<PAGE>

SECTION 7.     COLLATERAL REPORTING AND COVENANTS.  

               7.1  COLLATERAL REPORTING.  Borrower shall provide Lender with 
the following documents in a form satisfactory to Lender: (a) on a regular 
basis as required by Lender, a schedule of Accounts; (b) on a monthly basis 
or more frequently as Lender may request, (i) perpetual inventory reports, 
(ii) inventory reports by category, and reports as to inventory reserves, and 
(iii) agings of accounts payable, (c) upon Lender's request, (i) copies of 
customer statements and credit memos, remittance advices and reports, and 
copies of deposit slips and bank statements, (ii) copies of shipping and 
delivery documents, and (iii) copies of purchase orders, invoices and 
delivery documents for Inventory and Equipment acquired by Borrower; (d) 
agings of accounts receivable on a monthly basis or more frequently as Lender 
may request; and (e) such other reports as to the Collateral as Lender shall 
request from time to time.  If any of Borrower's records or reports of the 
Collateral are prepared or maintained by an accounting service, contractor, 
shipper or other agent, Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes such service, 
contractor, shipper or agent to deliver such records, reports, and related 
documents to Lender and to follow Lender's instructions with respect to 
further services at any time that an Event of Default exists or has occurred 
and is continuing.

               7.2  ACCOUNTS COVENANTS.  

                    (a)  Borrower shall notify Lender promptly of: (i) any 
material delay in Borrower's performance of any of its obligations to any 
account debtor or the assertion of any claims, offsets, defenses or 
counterclaims by any account debtor, or any disputes with account debtors, or 
any settlement, adjustment or compromise thereof, (ii) all material adverse 
information relating to the financial condition of any account debtor and 
(iii) any event or circumstance which, to Borrower's knowledge would cause 
Lender to consider any then existing Accounts as no longer constituting 
Eligible Accounts.  No credit, discount, allowance or extension or agreement 
for any of the foregoing shall be granted to any account debtor without 
Lender's consent, except in the ordinary course of Borrower's business in 
accordance with practices and policies previously disclosed in writing to 
Lender.  So long as no Event of Default exists or has occurred and is 
continuing, Borrower shall settle, adjust or compromise any claim, offset, 
counterclaim or dispute with any account debtor.  At any time that an Event 
of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, Lender shall, at its 
option, have the exclusive right to settle, adjust or compromise any claim, 
offset, counterclaim or dispute with account debtors or grant any credits, 
discounts or allowances.

                    (b)  Borrower shall promptly report to Lender any return 
of Inventory by an account debtor having a sales price in excess of $10,000.  
At any time that Inventory is returned, reclaimed or repossessed, the related 
Account shall not be deemed an Eligible Account.  In the event any account 
debtor returns Inventory when an Event of Default exists or has occurred and 
is continuing, Borrower shall, upon Lender's request, (i) hold the returned 
Inventory in trust for Lender, (ii) segregate all returned Inventory from all 
of its other property, (iii) dispose of the returned Inventory solely 
according to Lender's instructions, and (iv) not issue any credits, discounts 
or allowances with respect thereto without Lender's prior written consent.

                    (c)  With respect to each Account: (i) the amounts shown 
on any invoice delivered to Lender or schedule thereof delivered to Lender 
shall be true and complete, (ii) no 


                                      -22-

<PAGE>

payments shall be made thereon except payments immediately delivered to 
Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (iii) no credit, discount, 
allowance or extension or agreement for any of the foregoing shall be granted 
to any account debtor except as reported to Lender in accordance with this 
Agreement and except for credits, discounts, allowances or extensions made or 
given in the ordinary course of Borrower's business in accordance with 
practices and policies previously disclosed to Lender, (iv) there shall be no 
setoffs, deductions, contras, defenses, counterclaims or disputes existing or 
asserted with respect thereto except as reported to Lender in accordance with 
the terms of this Agreement, (v) none of the transactions giving rise thereto 
will violate any applicable State or Federal laws or regulations, all 
documentation relating thereto will be legally sufficient under such laws and 
regulations and all such documentation will be legally enforceable in 
accordance with its terms.

                    (d)  Lender shall have the right at any time or times, in 
Lender's name or in the name of a nominee of Lender, to verify the validity, 
amount or any other matter relating to any Account or other Collateral, by 
mail, telephone, facsimile transmission or otherwise.

                    (e)  Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to 
Lender, with appropriate endorsement and assignment, with full recourse to 
Borrower, all chattel paper and instruments which Borrower now owns or may at 
any time acquire immediately upon Borrower's receipt thereof, except as 
Lender may otherwise agree.

                    (f)  Lender may, at any time or times that an Event of 
Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, (i) notify any or all 
account debtors that the Accounts have been assigned to Lender and that 
Lender has a security interest therein and Lender may direct any or all 
accounts debtors to make payment of Accounts directly to Lender, (ii) extend 
the time of payment of, compromise, settle or adjust for cash, credit, return 
of merchandise or otherwise, and upon any terms or conditions, any and all 
Accounts or other obligations included in the Collateral and thereby 
discharge or release the account debtor or any other party or parties in any 
way liable for payment thereof without affecting any of the Obligations, 
(iii) demand, collect or enforce payment of any Accounts or such other 
obligations, but without any duty to do so, and Lender shall not be liable 
for its failure to collect or enforce the payment thereof nor for the 
negligence of its agents or attorneys with respect thereto and (iv) take 
whatever other action Lender may deem necessary or desirable for the 
protection of its interests.  At any time that an Event of Default exists or 
has occurred and is continuing, at Lender's request, all invoices and 
statements sent to any account debtor shall state that the Accounts and such 
other obligations have been assigned to Lender and are payable directly and 
only to Lender and Borrower shall deliver to Lender such originals of 
documents evidencing the sale and delivery of goods or the performance of 
services giving rise to any Accounts as Lender may require. 

               7.3  INVENTORY COVENANTS.  With respect to the Inventory: (a) 
Borrower shall at all times maintain inventory records reasonably 
satisfactory to Lender, keeping correct and accurate records itemizing and 
describing the kind, type, quality and quantity of Inventory, Borrower's cost 
therefor and daily withdrawals therefrom and additions thereto; (b) Borrower 
shall conduct a physical count of the Inventory at least once each year, but 
at any time or times as Lender may request on or after an Event of Default, 
and promptly following such physical inventory shall supply Lender with a 
report in the form and with such specificity as may be reasonably 


                                      -23-

<PAGE>

satisfactory to Lender concerning such physical count; (c) Borrower shall not 
remove any Inventory from the locations set forth or permitted herein, 
without the prior written consent of Lender, except for sales of Inventory in 
the ordinary course of Borrower's business and except to move Inventory 
directly from one location set forth or permitted herein to another such 
location; (d) upon Lender's request, Borrower shall, at its expense, no more 
than once in any twelve (12) month period, but at any time or times as Lender 
may request on or after an Event of Default, deliver or cause to be delivered 
to Lender written reports or appraisals as to the Inventory in form, scope 
and methodology acceptable to Lender and by an appraiser acceptable to 
Lender, addressed to Lender or upon which Lender is expressly permitted to 
rely; (e) Borrower shall produce, use, store and maintain the Inventory, with 
all reasonable care and caution and in accordance with applicable standards 
of any insurance and in conformity with applicable laws (including, but not 
limited to, the requirements of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, 
as amended and all rules, regulations and orders related thereto); (f) 
Borrower assumes all responsibility and liability arising from or relating to 
the production, use, sale or other disposition of the Inventory; (g) Borrower 
shall not sell Inventory to any customer on approval, or any other basis 
which entitles the customer to return or may obligate Borrower to repurchase 
such Inventory; (h) Borrower shall keep the Inventory in good and marketable 
condition; and (i) Borrower shall not, without prior written notice to 
Lender, acquire or accept any Inventory on consignment or approval. 

               7.4  EQUIPMENT COVENANTS.  With respect to the Equipment: (a) 
upon Lender's request, Borrower shall, at its expense, at any time or times 
as Lender may request on or after an Event of Default, deliver or cause to be 
delivered to Lender written reports or appraisals as to the Equipment in 
form, scope and methodology acceptable to Lender and by an appraiser 
acceptable to Lender; (b) Borrower shall keep the Equipment in good order, 
repair, running and marketable condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted); 
(c) Borrower shall use the Equipment with all reasonable care and caution and 
in accordance with applicable standards of any insurance and in conformity 
with all applicable laws; (d) the Equipment is and shall be used in 
Borrower's business and not for personal, family, household or farming use; 
(e) Borrower shall not remove any Equipment from the locations set forth or 
permitted herein, except to the extent necessary to have any Equipment 
repaired or maintained in the ordinary course of the business of Borrower or 
to move Equipment directly from one location set forth or permitted herein to 
another such location and except for the movement of motor vehicles used by 
or for the benefit of Borrower in the ordinary course of business; (f) the 
Equipment is now and shall remain personal property and Borrower shall not 
permit any of the Equipment to be or become a part of or affixed to real 
property; and (g) Borrower assumes all responsibility and liability arising 
from the use of the Equipment.

               7.5  POWER OF ATTORNEY.  Borrower hereby irrevocably 
designates and appoints Lender (and all persons designated by Lender) as 
Borrower's true and lawful attorney-in-fact, and authorizes Lender, in 
Borrower's or Lender's name, to: (a) at any time an Event of Default or event 
which with notice or passage of time or both would constitute an Event of 
Default exists or has occurred and is continuing (i) demand payment on 
Accounts or other proceeds of Inventory or other Collateral, (ii) enforce 
payment of Accounts by legal proceedings or otherwise, (iii) exercise all of 
Borrower's rights and remedies to collect any Account or other Collateral, 
(iv) sell or assign any Account upon such terms, for such amount and at such 
time or times as the Lender 


                                      -24-

<PAGE>

deems advisable, (v) settle, adjust, compromise, extend or renew an Account, 
(vi) discharge and release any Account, (vii) prepare, file and sign 
Borrower's name on any proof of claim in bankruptcy or other similar document 
against an account debtor, (viii) notify the post office authorities to 
change the address for delivery of Borrower's mail to an address designated 
by Lender, and open and dispose of all mail addressed to Borrower, and (ix) 
do all acts and things which are necessary, in Lender's determination, to 
fulfill Borrower's obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing 
Agreements and (b) at any time to (i) take control in any manner of any item 
of payment or proceeds thereof, (ii) have access to any lockbox or postal box 
into which Borrower's mail is deposited, (iii) endorse Borrower's name upon 
any items of payment or proceeds thereof and deposit the same in the Lender's 
account for application to the Obligations, (iv) endorse Borrower's name upon 
any chattel paper, document, instrument, invoice, or similar document or 
agreement relating to any Account or any goods pertaining thereto or any 
other Collateral, (v) sign Borrower's name on any verification of Accounts 
and notices thereof to account debtors and (vi) execute in Borrower's name 
and file any UCC financing statements or amendments thereto. Borrower hereby 
releases Lender and its officers, employees and designees from any 
liabilities arising from any act or acts under this power of attorney and in 
furtherance thereof, whether of omission or commission, except as a result of 
Lender's own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined pursuant to 
a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

               7.6  RIGHT TO CURE.  Lender may, at its option, (a) cure any 
default by Borrower under any agreement with a third party or pay or bond on 
appeal any judgment entered against Borrower, (b) discharge taxes, liens, 
security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied on or existing 
with respect to the Collateral and (c) pay any amount, incur any expense or 
perform any act which, in Lender's judgment, is necessary or appropriate to 
preserve, protect, insure or maintain the Collateral and the rights of Lender 
with respect thereto. Lender may add any amounts so expended to the 
Obligations and charge Borrower's account therefor, such amounts to be 
repayable by Borrower on demand.  Lender shall be under no obligation to 
effect such cure, payment or bonding and shall not, by doing so, be deemed to 
have assumed any obligation or liability of Borrower.  Any payment made or 
other action taken by Lender under this Section shall be without prejudice to 
any right to assert an Event of Default hereunder and to proceed accordingly.

               7.7  ACCESS TO PREMISES.  From time to time as requested by 
Lender, at the cost and expense of Borrower, (a) Lender or its designee shall 
have complete access to all of Borrower's premises during normal business 
hours and after notice to Borrower, or at any time and without notice to 
Borrower if an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, for 
the purposes of inspecting, verifying and auditing the Collateral and all of 
Borrower's books and records, including, without limitation, the Records, and 
(b) Borrower shall promptly furnish to Lender such copies of such books and 
records or extracts therefrom as Lender may request, and (c) use during 
normal business hours such of Borrower's personnel, equipment, supplies and 
premises as may be reasonably necessary for the foregoing and if an Event of 
Default exists or has occurred and is continuing for the collection of 
Accounts and realization of other Collateral.

SECTION 8.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  


                                      -25-

<PAGE>

               Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Lender the 
following (which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement), 
the truth and accuracy of which are a continuing condition of the making of 
Loans and the providing of Letter of Credit Accommodations by Lender to 
Borrower:

               8.1  CORPORATE EXISTENCE, POWER AND AUTHORITY; SUBSIDIARIES.  
Borrower is a corporation duly organized and in good standing under the laws 
of its state of incorporation and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation 
and in good standing in all states or other jurisdictions where the nature 
and extent of the business transacted by it or the ownership of assets makes 
such qualification necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which the 
failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect on Borrower's 
financial condition, results of operation or business or the rights of Lender 
in or to any of the Collateral.  The execution, delivery and performance of 
this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements and the transactions 
contemplated hereunder and thereunder are all within Borrower's corporate 
powers, have been duly authorized and are not in contravention of law or the 
terms of Borrower's certificate of incorporation, by-laws, or other 
organizational documentation, or any indenture, agreement or undertaking to 
which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower or its property are bound.  
This Agreement and the other Financing Agreements constitute legal, valid and 
binding obligations of Borrower enforceable in accordance with their 
respective terms.  Borrower does not have any subsidiaries except as set 
forth on the Information Certificate.  

               8.2  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE.  All 
financial statements relating to Borrower which have been or may hereafter be 
delivered by Borrower to Lender have been prepared in accordance with GAAP 
and fairly present the financial condition and the results of operations of 
Borrower as at the dates and for the periods set forth therein.  Except as 
disclosed in any interim financial statements furnished by Borrower to Lender 
prior to the date of this Agreement, there has been no material adverse 
change in the assets, liabilities, properties and condition, financial or 
otherwise, of Borrower, since the date of the most recent audited financial 
statements furnished by Borrower to Lender prior to the date of this 
Agreement.

               8.3  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE; COLLATERAL LOCATIONS.  The chief 
executive office of Borrower and Borrower's Records concerning Accounts are 
located only at the address set forth below and its only other places of 
business and the only other locations of Collateral, if any, are the 
addresses set forth in the Information Certificate, subject to the right of 
Borrower to establish new locations in accordance with Section 9.2 below.  
The Information Certificate correctly identifies any of such locations which 
are not owned by Borrower and sets forth the owners and/or operators thereof 
and to the best of Borrower's knowledge, the holders of any mortgages on such 
locations.

               8.4  PRIORITY OF LIENS; TITLE TO PROPERTIES.  The security 
interests and liens granted to Lender under this Agreement and the other 
Financing Agreements constitute valid and perfected first priority liens and 
security interests in and upon the Collateral subject only to the liens 
permitted under Section 9.8 hereof.  Borrower has good and marketable title 
to all of its properties and assets subject to no liens, mortgages, pledges, 
security interests, encumbrances or charges of any kind, except those granted 
to Lender and such others as are permitted under Section 9.8 hereof.


                                      -26-


<PAGE>

               8.5  TAX RETURNS.  Borrower has filed, or caused to be filed, 
in a timely manner all tax returns, reports and declarations which are 
required to be filed by it (without requests for extension except as 
previously disclosed in writing to Lender).  All information in such tax 
returns, reports and declarations is complete and accurate in all material 
respects.  Borrower has paid or caused to be paid all taxes due and payable 
or claimed due and payable in any assessment received by it, except taxes the 
validity of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate 
proceedings diligently pursued and available to Borrower and with respect to 
which adequate reserves have been set aside on its books. Adequate provision 
has been made for the payment of all accrued and unpaid Federal, State, 
county, local, foreign and other taxes whether or not yet due and payable and 
whether or not disputed.

               8.6  LITIGATION.  Except as set forth on the Information 
Certificate, there is no present investigation by any governmental agency 
pending, or to the best of Borrower's knowledge threatened, against or 
affecting Borrower, its assets or business and there is no action, suit, 
proceeding or claim by any Person pending, or to the best of Borrower's 
knowledge threatened, against Borrower or its assets or goodwill, or against 
or affecting any transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which if 
adversely determined against Borrower would result in any material adverse 
change in the assets, business or prospects of Borrower or would impair the 
ability of Borrower to perform its obligations hereunder or under any of the 
other Financing Agreements to which it is a party or of Lender to enforce any 
Obligations or realize upon any Collateral.

               8.7  COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER AGREEMENTS AND APPLICABLE LAWS.  
Borrower is not in default in any material respect under, or in violation in 
any material respect of any of the terms of, any agreement, contract, 
instrument, lease or other commitment to which it is a party or by which it 
or any of its assets are bound and Borrower is in compliance in all material 
respects with all applicable provisions of laws, rules, regulations, 
licenses, permits, approvals and orders of any foreign, Federal, State or 
local governmental authority.

               8.8  ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE.  

                    (a)  Borrower has not generated, used, stored, treated, 
transported, manufactured, handled, produced or disposed of any Hazardous 
Materials, on or off its premises (whether or not owned by it) in any manner 
which at any time violates any applicable Environmental Law or any license, 
permit, certificate, approval or similar authorization thereunder and the 
operations of Borrower complies in all material respects with all 
Environmental Laws and all licenses, permits, certificates, approvals and 
similar authorizations thereunder.  

                    (b)  There has been no investigation, proceeding, 
complaint, order, directive, claim, citation or notice by any governmental 
authority or any other person nor is any pending or to the best of Borrower's 
knowledge threatened, with respect to any non-compliance with or violation of 
the requirements of any Environmental Law by Borrower or the release, spill 
or discharge, threatened or actual, of any Hazardous Material or the 
generation, use, storage, treatment, transportation, manufacture, handling, 
production or disposal of any Hazardous Materials or any other environmental, 
health or safety matter, which affects Borrower or its business, operations 
or assets or any properties at which Borrower has transported, stored or 
disposed of any Hazardous Materials.

                                     -27-
<PAGE>

                    (c)  Borrower has no material liability (contingent or 
otherwise) in connection with a release, spill or discharge, threatened or 
actual, of any Hazardous Materials or the generation, use, storage, 
treatment, transportation, manufacture, handling, production or disposal of 
any Hazardous Materials.

                    (d)  Borrower has all licenses, permits, certificates, 
approvals or similar authorizations required to be obtained or filed in 
connection with the operations of Borrower under any Environmental Law and 
all of such licenses, permits, certificates, approvals or similar 
authorizations are valid and in full force and effect.

               8.9  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS.   

                    (a)  Borrower has not engaged in any transaction in 
connection with which Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates could be 
subject to either a civil penalty assessed pursuant to Section 502(i) of 
ERISA or a tax imposed by Section 4975 of the Code, including any accumulated 
funding deficiency described in Section 8.9(c) hereof and any deficiency with 
respect to vested accrued benefits described in Section 8.9(d) hereof.

                    (b)  No liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty 
Corporation has been or is expected by Borrower to be incurred with respect 
to any employee pension benefit plan of Borrower or any of its ERISA 
Affiliates.  There has been no reportable event (within the meaning of 
Section 4043(b) of ERISA) or any other event or condition with respect to any 
employee pension benefit plan of Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates 
which presents a risk of termination of any such plan by the Pension Benefit 
Guaranty Corporation.

                    (c)  Full payment has been made of all amounts which 
Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates is required under Section 302 of 
ERISA and Section 412 of the Code to have paid under the terms of each 
employee pension benefit plan as contributions to such plan as of the last 
day of the most recent fiscal year of such plan ended prior to the date 
hereof, and no accumulated funding deficiency (as defined in Section 302 of 
ERISA and Section 412 of the Code), whether or not waived, exists with 
respect to any employee pension benefit plan, including any penalty or tax 
described in Section 8.9(a) hereof and any deficiency with respect to vested 
accrued benefits described in Section 8.9(d) hereof.

                    (d)  The current value of all vested accrued benefits 
under all employee pension benefit plans maintained by Borrower that are 
subject to Title IV of ERISA does not exceed the current value of the assets 
of such plans allocable to such vested accrued benefits, including any 
penalty or tax described in Section 8.9(a) hereof and any accumulated funding 
deficiency described in Section 8.9(c) hereof.  The terms "current value" and 
"accrued benefit" have the meanings specified in ERISA.

                    (e)  Neither Borrower nor any of its ERISA Affiliates is 
or has ever been obligated to contribute to any "multiemployer plan" (as such 
term is defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) that is subject to Title IV 
of ERISA.

               8.10 ACCURACY AND COMPLETENESS OF INFORMATION.  All 
information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower in writing to Lender in 
connection with this Agreement or any of the other 

                                     -28-
<PAGE>

Financing Agreements or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, 
including, without limitation, all information on the Information Certificate 
is true and correct in all material respects on the date as of which such 
information is dated or certified and does not omit any material fact 
necessary in order to make such information not misleading. No event or 
circumstance has occurred which has had or could reasonably be expected to 
have a material adverse affect on the business, assets or prospects of 
Borrower, which has not been fully and accurately disclosed to Lender in 
writing.

               8.11 SURVIVAL OF WARRANTIES; CUMULATIVE.  All representations 
and warranties contained in this Agreement or any of the other Financing 
Agreements shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and 
shall be deemed to have been made again to Lender on the date of each 
additional borrowing or other credit accommodation hereunder and shall be 
conclusively presumed to have been relied on by Lender regardless of any 
investigation made or information possessed by Lender.  The representations 
and warranties set forth herein shall be cumulative and in addition to any 
other representations or warranties which Borrower shall now or hereafter 
give, or cause to be given, to Lender.

SECTION 9.     AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS.  

               9.1  MAINTENANCE OF EXISTENCE.  Borrower shall at all times 
preserve, renew and keep in full, force and effect its corporate existence 
and rights and franchises with respect thereto and maintain in full force and 
effect all permits, licenses, trademarks, trade names, approvals, 
authorizations, leases and contracts necessary to carry on the business as 
presently or proposed to be conducted.  Borrower shall give Lender thirty 
(30) days prior written notice of any proposed change in its corporate name, 
which notice shall set forth the new name and Borrower shall deliver to 
Lender a copy of the amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of 
Borrower providing for the name change certified by the Secretary of State of 
the jurisdiction of incorporation of Borrower as soon as it is available.

               9.2  NEW COLLATERAL LOCATIONS.  Borrower may open any new 
location within the continental United States provided Borrower (a) gives 
Lender thirty (30) days prior written notice of the intended opening of any 
such new location and (c) executes and delivers, or causes to be executed and 
delivered, to Lender such agreements, documents, and instruments as Lender 
may deem reasonably necessary or desirable to protect its interests in the 
Collateral at such location, including, without limitation, UCC financing 
statements and, if Borrower leases such new location, provides a favorable 
landlord waiver or subordination, or, in the alternative, Lender may apply an 
Availability Reserve in an amount equal to three (3) months gross rent in a 
manner consistent with the Availability Reserve established to cover rent as 
defined in Section 1.5 hereof.

               9.3  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, REGULATIONS.  

                    (a)  Borrower shall, at all times, comply in all material 
respects with all laws, rules, regulations, licenses, permits, approvals and 
orders applicable to it and duly observe all requirements of any Federal, 
State or local governmental authority, including, without limitation, the 
Employee Retirement Security Act of 1974, as amended, the Occupational Safety 
and Hazard Act of 1970, as amended, the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as 
amended, and all statutes, 

                                     -29-
<PAGE>

rules, regulations, orders, permits and stipulations relating to 
environmental pollution and employee health and safety, including, without 
limitation, all of the Environmental Laws.

                    (b)  Borrower shall establish and maintain, at its 
expense, a system to assure and monitor its continued compliance with all 
Environmental Laws in all of its operations, which system shall include 
annual reviews of such compliance by employees or agents of Borrower who are 
familiar with the requirements of the Environmental Laws.  Copies of all 
environmental surveys, audits, assessments, feasibility studies and results 
of remedial investigations shall be promptly furnished, or caused to be 
furnished, by Borrower to Lender. Borrower shall take prompt and appropriate 
action to respond to any non-compliance with any of the Environmental Laws 
and shall regularly report to Lender on such response.

                    (c)  Borrower shall give both oral and written notice to 
Lender immediately upon Borrower's receipt of any notice of, or Borrower's 
otherwise obtaining knowledge of, (i) the occurrence of any event involving 
the release, spill or discharge, threatened or actual, of any Hazardous 
Material or (ii) any investigation, proceeding, complaint, order, directive, 
claims, citation or notice with respect to: (A) any non-compliance with or 
violation of any Environmental Law by Borrower or (B) the release, spill or 
discharge, threatened or actual, of any Hazardous Material or (C) the 
generation, use, storage, treatment, transportation, manufacture, handling, 
production or disposal of any Hazardous Materials or (D) any other 
environmental, health or safety matter, which affects Borrower or its 
business, operations or assets or any properties at which Borrower 
transported, stored or disposed of any Hazardous Materials.

                    (d)  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, 
whenever Lender reasonably determines that there is non-compliance, or any 
condition which requires any action by or on behalf of Borrower in order to 
avoid any material non-compliance, with any Environmental Law, Borrower 
shall, at Lender's request and Borrower's expense: (i) cause an independent 
environmental engineer acceptable to Lender to conduct such tests of the site 
where Borrower's non-compliance or alleged non-compliance with such 
Environmental Laws has occurred as to such non-compliance and prepare and 
deliver to Lender a report as to such non-compliance setting forth the 
results of such tests, a proposed plan for responding to any environmental 
problems described therein, and an estimate of the costs thereof and (ii) 
provide to Lender a supplemental report of such engineer whenever the scope 
of such non-compliance, or Borrower's response thereto or the estimated costs 
thereof, shall change in any material respect.

                    (e)  Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless Lender, 
its directors, officers, employees, agents, invitees, representatives, 
successors and assigns, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, 
liabilities, costs, and expenses (including attorneys' fees and legal 
expenses) directly or indirectly arising out of or attributable to the use, 
generation, manufacture, reproduction, storage, release, threatened release, 
spill, discharge, disposal or presence of a Hazardous Material, including, 
without limitation, the costs of any required or necessary repair, cleanup or 
other remedial work with respect to any property of Borrower and the 
preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial or other required 
plans.  All representations, warranties, covenants and indemnifications in 
this Section 9.3 shall survive the payment of the Obligations and the 
termination or non-renewal of this Agreement.

                                     -30-
<PAGE>

               9.4  PAYMENT OF TAXES AND CLAIMS.  Borrower shall duly pay and 
discharge all taxes, assessments, contributions and governmental charges upon 
or against it or its properties or assets, except for taxes the validity of 
which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently 
pursued and available to Borrower and with respect to which adequate reserves 
have been set aside on its books.  Borrower shall be liable for any tax or 
penalties imposed on Lender as a result of the financing arrangements 
provided for herein and Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold Lender harmless 
with respect to the foregoing, and to repay to Lender on demand the amount 
thereof, and until paid by Borrower such amount shall be added and deemed 
part of the Loans, PROVIDED, THAT, nothing contained herein shall be 
construed to require Borrower to pay any income or franchise taxes 
attributable to the income of Lender from any amounts charged or paid 
hereunder to Lender.  The foregoing indemnity shall survive the payment of 
the Obligations and the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement.

               9.5  INSURANCE.  Borrower shall, at all times, maintain with 
financially sound and reputable insurers insurance with respect to the 
Collateral against loss or damage and all other insurance of the kinds and in 
the amounts customarily insured against or carried by corporations of 
established reputation engaged in the same or similar businesses and 
similarly situated.  Said policies of insurance shall be satisfactory to 
Lender as to form, amount and insurer. Borrower shall furnish certificates, 
policies or endorsements to Lender as Lender shall require as proof of such 
insurance, and, if Borrower fails to do so, Lender is authorized, but not 
required, to obtain such insurance at the expense of Borrower.  All policies 
shall provide for at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender of 
any cancellation or reduction of coverage and that Lender may act as attorney 
for Borrower in obtaining, and at any time an Event of Default exists or has 
occurred and is continuing, adjusting, settling, amending and canceling such 
insurance.  Borrower shall cause Lender to be named as a loss payee and an 
additional insured (but without any liability for any premiums) under such 
insurance policies and Borrower shall obtain non-contributory lender's loss 
payable endorsements to all insurance policies in form and substance 
satisfactory to Lender.  Such lender's loss payable endorsements shall 
specify that the proceeds of such insurance shall be payable to Lender as its 
interests may appear and further specify that Lender shall be paid regardless 
of any act or omission by Borrower or any of its affiliates.  At its option, 
Lender may apply any insurance proceeds received by Lender at any time to the 
cost of repairs or replacement of Collateral and/or to payment of the 
Obligations, whether or not then due, in any order and in such manner as 
Lender may determine or hold such proceeds as cash collateral for the 
Obligations.

               9.6  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND OTHER INFORMATION.  

                    (a)  Borrower shall keep proper books and records in 
which true and complete entries shall be made of all dealings or transactions 
of or in relation to the Collateral and the business of Borrower and its 
subsidiaries (if any) in accordance with GAAP and Borrower shall furnish or 
cause to be furnished to Lender:  (i) within thirty (30) days after the end 
of each fiscal month (or 45 days after the end of a month which is also the 
end of Borrower's fiscal year), monthly unaudited consolidated financial 
statements, and, if Borrower has any subsidiaries, unaudited consolidating 
financial statements (including in each case balance sheets, statements of 
income and loss and statements of shareholders' equity), all in reasonable 
detail, fairly presenting the financial position and the results of the 
operations of Borrower and its subsidiaries as of the

                                      -31-
<PAGE>

end of and through such fiscal month and (ii) within 105 days after the end 
of each fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements and, if 
Borrower has any subsidiaries, audited consolidating financial statements of 
Borrower and its subsidiaries (including in each case balance sheets, 
statements of income and loss, statements of cash flow and statements of 
shareholders' equity), and the accompanying notes thereto, all in reasonable 
detail, fairly presenting the financial position and the results of the 
operations of Borrower and its subsidiaries as of the end of and for such 
fiscal year, together with the opinion of independent certified public 
accountants, which accountants shall be an independent accounting firm 
selected by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to Lender, that such financial 
statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, and present fairly the 
results of operations and financial condition of Borrower and its 
subsidiaries as of the end of and for the fiscal year then ended.

                    (b)  Borrower shall promptly notify Lender in writing of 
the details of (i) any loss, damage, investigation, action, suit, proceeding 
or claim relating to the Collateral or any other property which is security 
for the Obligations or which would result in any material adverse change in 
Borrower's business, properties, assets, goodwill or condition, financial or 
otherwise and (ii) the occurrence of any Event of Default or event which, 
with the passage of time or giving of notice or both, would constitute an 
Event of Default.

                    (c)  Borrower shall promptly after the sending or filing 
thereof furnish or cause to be furnished to Lender copies of all financial 
reports which Borrower sends to its stockholders generally and copies of all 
reports and registration statements which Borrower files with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission, any national securities exchange or the National 
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

                    (d)  Borrower shall furnish or cause to be furnished to 
Lender such budgets, forecasts, projections and other information in respect 
of the Collateral and the business of Borrower, as Lender may, from time to 
time, reasonably request.  Lender is hereby authorized to deliver a copy of 
any financial statement or any other information relating to the business of 
Borrower to any court or other government agency or to any participant or 
assignee or prospective participant or assignee.  Borrower hereby irrevocably 
authorizes and directs all accountants or auditors to deliver to Lender, at 
Borrower's expense, copies of the financial statements of Borrower and any 
reports or management letters prepared by such accountants or auditors on 
behalf of Borrower and to disclose to Lender such information as they may 
have regarding the business of Borrower.  Any documents, schedules, invoices 
or other papers delivered to Lender may be destroyed or otherwise disposed of 
by Lender one (1) year after the same are delivered to Lender, except as 
otherwise designated by Borrower to Lender in writing.  

               9.7  SALE OF ASSETS, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, DISSOLUTION, ETC.  
Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, (a) merge into or with or 
consolidate with any other Person or permit any other Person to merge into or 
with or consolidate with it, or (b) sell, assign, lease, transfer, abandon or 
otherwise dispose of any stock or indebtedness to any other Person or any of 
its assets to any other Person (except for (i) sales of Inventory in the 
ordinary course of business and (ii) the disposition of worn-out or obsolete 
Equipment or Equipment no longer used in the business of Borrower so long as 
(A) if an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, any 
proceeds are paid to Lender and (B) such sales do not involve Equipment 
having an aggregate 

                                     -32-
<PAGE>

fair market value in excess of $25,000 for all such Equipment disposed of in 
any fiscal year of Borrower), or (c) form or acquire any subsidiaries, or (d) 
wind up, liquidate or dissolve or (e) agree to do any of the foregoing.

               9.8  ENCUMBRANCES.  Borrower shall not create, incur, assume 
or suffer to exist any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, charge or 
other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever on any of its assets or 
properties, including, without limitation, the Collateral, EXCEPT:  (a) liens 
and security interests of Lender; (b) liens securing the payment of taxes, 
either not yet overdue or the validity of which are being contested in good 
faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and available to Borrower 
and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside on its books; 
(c) non-consensual statutory liens (other than liens securing the payment of 
taxes) arising in the ordinary course of Borrower's business to the extent: 
(i) such liens secure indebtedness which is not overdue or (ii) such liens 
secure indebtedness relating to claims or liabilities which are fully insured 
and being defended at the sole cost and expense and at the sole risk of the 
insurer or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings 
diligently pursued and available to Borrower, in each case prior to the 
commencement of foreclosure or other similar proceedings and with respect to 
which adequate reserves have been set aside on its books; (d) zoning 
restrictions, easements, licenses, covenants and other restrictions affecting 
the use of real property which do not interfere in any material respect with 
the use of such real property or ordinary conduct of the business of Borrower 
as presently conducted thereon or materially impair the value of the real 
property which may be subject thereto; and (e) purchase money security 
interests in Equipment (including capital leases) and purchase money 
mortgages on real estate not to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate at any time 
outstanding so long as such security interests and mortgages do not apply to 
any property of Borrower other than the Equipment or real estate so acquired, 
and the indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of the 
Equipment or real estate so acquired, as the case may be.

               9.9  INDEBTEDNESS.  Borrower shall not incur, create, assume, 
become or be liable in any manner with respect to, or permit to exist, any 
obligations or indebtedness, EXCEPT (a) the Obligations; (b) trade 
obligations and normal accruals in the ordinary course of business not yet 
due and payable, or with respect to which the Borrower is contesting in good 
faith the amount or validity thereof by appropriate proceedings diligently 
pursued and available to Borrower, and with respect to which adequate 
reserves have been set aside on its books; (c) purchase money indebtedness 
(including capital leases) to the extent not incurred or secured by liens 
(including capital leases) in violation of any other provision of this 
Agreement; and (d) obligations or indebtedness set forth on the Information 
Certificate; PROVIDED, THAT, (i) Borrower may only make regularly scheduled 
payments of principal and interest in respect of such indebtedness in 
accordance with the terms of the agreement or instrument evidencing or giving 
rise to such indebtedness as in effect on the date hereof, (ii) Borrower 
shall not, directly or indirectly, (A) amend, modify, alter or change the 
terms of such indebtedness or any agreement, document or instrument related 
thereto as in effect on the date hereof, or (B) except as otherwise permitted 
under this Agreement, redeem, retire, defease, purchase or otherwise acquire 
such indebtedness, or set aside or otherwise deposit or invest any sums for 
such purpose, and (iii) Borrower shall furnish to Lender all notices or 
demands in connection with such indebtedness either received by Borrower or 
on its behalf, promptly after the receipt thereof, or sent by Borrower or on 
its behalf, concurrently with the sending thereof, as the case may be.

                                      -33-
<PAGE>

               9.10 LOANS, INVESTMENTS, GUARANTEES, ETC.  Borrower shall not, 
directly or indirectly, make any loans or advance money or property to any 
person, or invest in (by capital contribution, dividend or otherwise) or 
purchase or repurchase the stock or indebtedness or all or a substantial part 
of the assets or property of any person, or guarantee, assume, endorse, or 
otherwise become responsible for (directly or indirectly) the indebtedness, 
performance, obligations or dividends of any Person or agree to do any of the 
foregoing, EXCEPT: (a) the endorsement of instruments for collection or 
deposit in the ordinary course of business; (b) investments in:  (i) 
short-term direct obligations of the United States Government, (ii) 
negotiable certificates of deposit issued by any bank satisfactory to Lender, 
payable to the order of the Borrower or to bearer and delivered to Lender, 
and (iii) commercial paper rated A1 or P1; PROVIDED, THAT, as to any of the 
foregoing, unless waived in writing by Lender, Borrower shall take such 
actions as are deemed necessary by Lender to perfect the security interest of 
Lender in such investments, (c) the guarantees set forth in the Information 
Certificate, (d) loans in the ordinary course of business from one Borrower 
to another Borrower, and (e) guarantees by a Borrower of a foreign subsidiary 
of such Borrower in an aggregate amount outstanding at any one time for all 
Borrowers not to exceed $250,000.

               9.11 DIVIDENDS AND REDEMPTIONS.  Borrower shall not, directly 
or indirectly, declare or pay any dividends on account of any shares of any 
class of capital stock of Borrower now or hereafter outstanding, or set aside 
or otherwise deposit or invest any sums for such purpose, or redeem, retire, 
defease, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of any class of capital 
stock (or set aside or otherwise deposit or invest any sums for such purpose) 
for any consideration other than common stock or apply or set apart any sum, 
or make any other distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise) in 
respect of any such shares or agree to do any of the foregoing.

               9.12 TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.  Borrower shall not enter 
into any transaction for the purchase, sale or exchange of property or the 
rendering of any service to or by any affiliate, except in the ordinary 
course of and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of Borrower's business 
and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Borrower than 
Borrower would obtain in a comparable arm's length transaction with an 
unaffiliated person; provided that Borrower may sell Inventory in the 
ordinary course of business to its foreign subsidiaries at not less than 80% 
of Borrower's regular seller price for such Inventory, provided that the 
total of such sales to foreign subsidiaries shall be not more than $2,500,000 
in the aggregate for all Borrowers in any fiscal year and such sales shall be 
at a positive gross profit margin.

               9.13 [Intentionally Omitted.]

               9.14 ADJUSTED NET WORTH.  Borrower shall, at all times, 
maintain Adjusted Net Worth of not less than $_____________.

               9.15 COMPLIANCE WITH ERISA.  Borrower shall not with respect 
to any "employee pension benefit plan" maintained by Borrower or any of its 
ERISA Affiliates:

                    (a)  (i)  terminate any of such employee pension benefit 
plans so as to incur any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty 
Corporation established pursuant to ERISA, (ii) allow or suffer to exist any 
prohibited transaction involving any of such employee pension benefit plans 
or any trust created thereunder which would subject Borrower or such ERISA 
Affiliate to a tax or penalty or other liability on prohibited transactions 
imposed under Section 

                                     -34-
<PAGE>

4975 of the Code or ERISA, (iii) fail to pay to any such employee pension 
benefit plan any contribution which it is obligated to pay under Section 302 
of ERISA, Section 412 of the Code or the terms of such plan, (iv) allow or 
suffer to exist any accumulated funding deficiency, whether or not waived, 
with respect to any such employee pension benefit plan, (v) allow or suffer 
to exist any occurrence of a reportable event or any other event or condition 
which presents a material risk of termination by the Pension Benefit Guaranty 
Corporation of any such employee pension benefit plan that is a single 
employer plan, which termination could result in any liability to the Pension 
Benefit Guaranty Corporation or (vi) incur any withdrawal liability with 
respect to any multiemployer pension plan.

                    (b)  As used in this Section 9.15, the term "employee 
pension benefit plans," "employee benefit plans", "accumulated funding 
deficiency" and "reportable event" shall have the respective meanings 
assigned to them in ERISA, and the term "prohibited transaction" shall have 
the meaning assigned to it in Section 4975 of the Code and ERISA.

               9.16 COSTS AND EXPENSES.  Borrower shall pay to Lender on 
demand all costs, expenses, filing fees and taxes paid or payable in 
connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery, recording, 
administration, collection, liquidation, enforcement and defense of the 
Obligations, Lender's rights in the Collateral, this Agreement, the other 
Financing Agreements and all other documents related hereto or thereto, 
including any amendments, supplements or consents which may hereafter be 
contemplated (whether or not executed) or entered into in respect hereof and 
thereof, including, but not limited to: (a) all costs and expenses of filing 
or recording (including Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filing 
taxes and fees, documentary taxes, intangibles taxes and mortgage recording 
taxes and fees, if applicable); (b) costs and expenses and fees for title 
insurance and other insurance premiums, environmental audits, surveys, 
assessments, engineering reports and inspections, appraisal fees and search 
fees; (c) costs and expenses of remitting loan proceeds, collecting checks 
and other items of payment, and establishing and maintaining the Blocked 
Accounts, together with Lender's customary charges and fees with respect 
thereto; (d) charges, fees or expenses charged by any bank or issuer in 
connection with the Letter of Credit Accommodations; (e) costs and expenses 
of preserving and protecting the Collateral; (f) costs and expenses paid or 
incurred in connection with obtaining payment of the Obligations, enforcing 
the security interests and liens of Lender, selling or otherwise realizing 
upon the Collateral, and otherwise enforcing the provisions of this Agreement 
and the other Financing Agreements or defending any claims made or threatened 
against Lender arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby and 
thereby (including, without limitation, preparations for and consultations 
concerning any such matters); (g) all out-of-pocket expenses and costs 
heretofore and from time to time hereafter incurred by Lender during the 
course of periodic field examinations of the Collateral and Borrower's 
operations, plus a per diem charge at the rate of $650 per person per day for 
Lender's examiners in the field and office; and (h) the fees and 
disbursements of counsel (including legal assistants) to Lender in connection 
with any of the foregoing.

               9.17 FURTHER ASSURANCES.  At the request of Lender at any time 
and from time to time, Borrower shall, at its expense, duly execute and 
deliver, or cause to be duly executed and delivered, such further agreements, 
documents and instruments, and do or cause to be done such further acts as 
may be necessary or proper to evidence, perfect, maintain and enforce the 
security 

                                     -35-
<PAGE>

interests and the priority thereof in the Collateral and to otherwise 
effectuate the provisions or purposes of this Agreement or any of the other 
Financing Agreements.  Lender may at any time and from time to time request a 
certificate from an officer of Borrower representing that all conditions 
precedent to the making of Loans and providing Letter of Credit 
Accommodations contained herein are satisfied.  In the event of such request 
by Lender, Lender may, at its option, cease to make any further Loans or 
provide any further Letter of Credit Accommodations until Lender has received 
such certificate and, in addition, Lender has determined that such conditions 
are satisfied.  Where permitted by law, Borrower hereby authorizes Lender to 
execute and file one or more UCC financing statements signed only by Lender. 

SECTION 10.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.  

               10.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The occurrence or existence of any 
one or more of the following events are referred to herein individually as an 
"EVENT OF DEFAULT", and collectively as "EVENTS OF DEFAULT": 

                    (a)  Borrower fails to pay when due any of the 
Obligations or fails to perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or 
provisions contained in this Agreement or any of the other Financing 
Agreements;

                    (b)  Any representation, warranty or statement of fact 
made by Borrower to Lender in this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements 
or any other agreement, schedule, confirmatory assignment or otherwise shall 
when made or deemed made be false or misleading in any material respect; 

                    (c)  Any Obligor revokes, terminates or fails to perform 
any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of any guarantee, 
endorsement or other agreement of such party in favor of Lender;

                    (d)  Any judgment for the payment of money is rendered 
against Borrower or any Obligor in excess of $25,000 in any one case or in 
excess of $50,000 in the aggregate and shall remain undischarged or unvacated 
for a period in excess of thirty (30) days or execution shall at any time not 
be effectively stayed, or any judgment other than for the payment of money, 
or injunction, attachment, garnishment or execution is rendered against 
Borrower or any Obligor or any of their assets; 

                    (e)  Any Obligor (being a natural person or a general 
partner of an Obligor which is a partnership) dies or Borrower or any 
Obligor, which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, 
dissolves or suspends or discontinues doing business; 

                    (f)  Borrower or any Obligor becomes insolvent (however 
defined or evidenced), makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, 
makes or sends notice of a bulk transfer or calls a meeting of its creditors 
or principal creditors;  

                    (g)  A case or proceeding under the bankruptcy laws of 
the United States of America now or hereafter in effect or under any 
insolvency, reorganization, receivership, readjustment of debt, dissolution 
or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction now or hereafter 

                                     -36-
<PAGE>

in effect (whether at law or in equity) is filed against Borrower or any 
Obligor or all or any part of its properties and such petition or application 
is not dismissed within thirty (30) days after the date of its filing or 
Borrower or any Obligor shall file any answer admitting or not contesting 
such petition or application or indicates its consent to, acquiescence in or 
approval of, any such action or proceeding or the relief requested is granted 
sooner;

                    (h)  A case or proceeding under the bankruptcy laws of 
the United States of America now or hereafter in effect or under any 
insolvency, reorganization, receivership, readjustment of debt, dissolution 
or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction now or hereafter in effect 
(whether at a law or equity) is filed by Borrower or any Obligor or for all 
or any part of its property; or

                    (i)  Any default by Borrower or any Obligor under any 
agreement, document or instrument relating to any indebtedness for borrowed 
money owing to any person other than Lender, or any capitalized lease 
obligations, contingent indebtedness in connection with any guarantee, letter 
of credit, indemnity or similar type of instrument in favor of any person 
other than Lender, in any case in an amount in excess of $25,000, which 
default continues for more than the applicable cure period, if any, with 
respect thereto, or any default by Borrower or any Obligor under any material 
contract, lease, license or other obligation to any person other than Lender, 
which default continues for more than the applicable cure period, if any, 
with respect thereto;

                    (j)  any change in the controlling ownership of Borrower;

                    (k)  the indictment or threatened indictment of Borrower 
or any Obligor under any criminal statute, or commencement or threatened 
commencement of criminal or civil proceedings against Borrower or any 
Obligor, pursuant to which statute or proceedings the penalties or remedies 
sought or available include forfeiture of any of the property of Borrower or 
such Obligor;

                    (l)  there shall be a material adverse change in the 
business, assets or prospects of Borrower or any Obligor after the date 
hereof; or

                    (m)  there shall be an event of default under any of the 
other Financing Agreements.

               10.2 REMEDIES.  

                    (a)  at any time an Event of Default exists or has 
occurred and is continuing, Lender shall have all rights and remedies 
provided in this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements, the Uniform 
Commercial Code and other applicable law, all of which rights and remedies 
may be exercised without notice to or consent by Borrower or any Obligor, 
except as such notice or consent is expressly provided for hereunder or 
required by applicable law.  All rights, remedies and powers granted to 
Lender hereunder, under any of the other Financing Agreements, the Uniform 
Commercial Code or other applicable law, are cumulative, not exclusive and 
enforceable, in Lender's discretion, alternatively, successively, or 
concurrently on any one or more occasions, and shall include, without 
limitation, the right to apply to a court of 

                                     -37-
<PAGE>

equity for an injunction to restrain a breach or threatened breach by 
Borrower of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements.  Lender 
may, at any time or times, proceed directly against Borrower or any Obligor 
to collect the Obligations without prior recourse to the Collateral.

          (b)  Without limiting the foregoing, at any time an Event of 
Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, Lender may, in its 
discretion and without limitation, (i) accelerate the payment of all 
Obligations and demand immediate payment thereof to Lender (PROVIDED, THAT, 
upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 10.1(g) and 
10.1(h), all Obligations shall automatically become immediately due and 
payable), (ii) with or without judicial process or the aid or assistance of 
others, enter upon any premises on or in which any of the Collateral may be 
located and take possession of the Collateral or complete processing, 
manufacturing and repair of all or any portion of the Collateral, (iii) 
require Borrower, at Borrower's expense, to assemble and make available to 
Lender any part or all of the Collateral at any place and time designated by 
Lender, (iv) collect, foreclose, receive, appropriate, setoff and realize 
upon any and all Collateral, (v) remove any or all of the Collateral from any 
premises on or in which the same may be located for the purpose of effecting 
the sale, foreclosure or other disposition thereof or for any other purpose, 
(vi) sell, lease, transfer, assign, deliver or otherwise dispose of any and 
all Collateral (including, without limitation, entering into contracts with 
respect thereto, public or private sales at any exchange, broker's board, at 
any office of Lender or elsewhere) at such prices or terms as Lender may deem 
reasonable, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery, with the Lender 
having the right to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral at any 
such public sale, all of the foregoing being free from any right or equity of 
redemption of Borrower, which right or equity of redemption is hereby 
expressly waived and released by Borrower and/or (vii) terminate this 
Agreement.  If any of the Collateral is sold or leased by Lender upon credit 
terms or for future delivery, the Obligations shall not be reduced as a 
result thereof until payment therefor is finally collected by Lender.  If 
notice of disposition of Collateral is required by law, five (5) days prior 
notice by Lender to Borrower designating the time and place of any public 
sale or the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition 
of Collateral is to be made, shall be deemed to be reasonable notice thereof 
and Borrower waives any other notice.  In the event Lender institutes an 
action to recover any Collateral or seeks recovery of any Collateral by way 
of prejudgment remedy, Borrower waives the posting of any bond which might 
otherwise be required.

          (c)  Lender may apply the cash proceeds of Collateral actually 
received by Lender from any sale, lease, foreclosure or other disposition of 
the Collateral to payment of the Obligations, in whole or in part and in such 
order as Lender may elect, whether or not then due.  Borrower shall remain 
liable to Lender for the payment of any deficiency with interest at the 
highest rate provided for herein and all costs and expenses of collection or 
enforcement, including attorneys' fees and legal expenses.

          (d)  Without limiting the foregoing, upon the occurrence of an 
Event of Default or an event which with notice or passage of time or both 
would constitute an Event of Default, Lender may, at its option, without 
notice, (i) cease making Loans or arranging for Letter of Credit 
Accommodations or reduce the lending formulas or amounts of Revolving Loans 
and Letter of Credit Accommodations available to Borrower and/or (ii) 
terminate any provision of 


                                      -38-
<PAGE>

this Agreement providing for any future Loans or Letter of Credit 
Accommodations to be made by Lender to Borrower.

SECTION 11.    JURY TRIAL WAIVER; OTHER WAIVERSAND CONSENTS; GOVERNING LAW.  

     11.1 GOVERNING LAW; CHOICE OF FORUM; SERVICE OF PROCESS; JURY TRIAL 
WAIVER.

          (a)  The validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement 
and the other Financing Agreements and any dispute arising out of the 
relationship between the parties hereto, whether in contract, tort, equity or 
otherwise, shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of California 
(without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law).

          (b)  Borrower and Lender irrevocably consent and submit to the 
non-exclusive jurisdiction of the state courts of the County of Los Angeles, 
State of California and of the United States District Court for the Central 
District of California and waive any objection based on venue or FORUM NON 
CONVENIENS with respect to any action instituted therein arising under this 
Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or in any way connected 
with or related or incidental to the dealings of the parties hereto in 
respect of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or the 
transactions related hereto or thereto, in each case whether now existing or 
hereafter arising, and whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise, and 
agree that any dispute with respect to any such matters shall be heard only 
in the courts described above (except that Lender shall have the right to 
bring any action or proceeding against Borrower or its property in the courts 
of any other jurisdiction which Lender deems necessary or appropriate in 
order to realize on the Collateral or to otherwise enforce its rights against 
Borrower or its property).

          (c)  Borrower hereby waives personal service of any and all process 
upon it and consents that all such service of process may be made by 
certified mail (return receipt requested) directed to its address set forth 
on the signature pages hereof and service so made shall be deemed to be 
completed five (5) days after the same shall have been so deposited in the 
U.S. mails, or, at Lender's option, by service upon Borrower in any other 
manner provided under the rules of any such courts.  Within thirty (30) days 
after such service, Borrower shall appear in answer to such process, failing 
which Borrower shall be deemed in default and judgment may be entered by 
Lender against Borrower for the amount of the claim and other relief 
requested.

          (d)  BORROWER AND LENDER EACH HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY 
JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (i) ARISING UNDER THIS 
AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENTS OR (ii) IN ANY WAY 
CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO 
IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENTS OR THE 
TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR 
HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE.  
BORROWER AND LENDER EACH HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, 
DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A 
JURY AND THAT BORROWER OR LENDER MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY 
OF THIS 


                                     -39-
<PAGE>

AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES 
HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

          (e)  Lender shall not have any liability to Borrower (whether in 
tort, contract, equity or otherwise) for losses suffered by Borrower in 
connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to the transactions or 
relationships contemplated by this Agreement, or any act, omission or event 
occurring in connection herewith, unless it is determined by a final and 
non-appealable judgment or court order binding on Lender, that the losses 
were the result of acts or omissions constituting gross negligence or willful 
misconduct.  In any such litigation, Lender shall be entitled to the benefit 
of the rebuttable presumption that it acted in good faith and with the 
exercise of ordinary care in the performance by it of the terms of this 
Agreement.

     11.2 WAIVER OF NOTICES.  Borrower hereby expressly waives demand, 
presentment, protest and notice of protest and notice of dishonor with 
respect to any and all instruments and commercial paper, included in or 
evidencing any of the Obligations or the Collateral, and any and all other 
demands and notices of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the 
Obligations, the Collateral and this Agreement, except such as are expressly 
provided for herein.  No notice to or demand on Borrower which Lender may 
elect to give shall entitle Borrower to any other or further notice or demand 
in the same, similar or other circumstances.

     11.3 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.  Neither this Agreement nor any provision 
hereof shall be amended, modified, waived or discharged orally or by course 
of conduct, but only by a written agreement signed by an authorized officer 
of Lender.  Lender shall not, by any act, delay, omission or otherwise be 
deemed to have expressly or impliedly waived any of its rights, powers and/or 
remedies unless such waiver shall be in writing and signed by an authorized 
officer of Lender.  Any such waiver shall be enforceable only to the extent 
specifically set forth therein.  A waiver by Lender of any right, power 
and/or remedy on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or 
waiver of any such right, power and/or remedy which Lender would otherwise 
have on any future occasion, whether similar in kind or otherwise.

     11.4 WAIVER OF COUNTERCLAIMS.  Borrower waives all rights to interpose 
any claims, deductions, setoffs or counterclaims of any nature (other than 
compulsory counterclaims) in any action or proceeding with respect to this 
Agreement, the Obligations, the Collateral or any matter arising therefrom or 
relating hereto or thereto.

     11.5 INDEMNIFICATION.  Borrower shall indemnify and hold Lender, and its 
directors, agents, employees and counsel, harmless from and against any and 
all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses imposed on, 
incurred by or asserted against any of them in connection with any 
litigation, investigation, claim or proceeding commenced or threatened 
related to the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, enforcement, 
performance or administration of this Agreement, any other Financing 
Agreements, or any undertaking or proceeding related to any of the 
transactions contemplated hereby or any act, omission, event or transaction 
related or attendant thereto, including, without limitation, amounts paid in 
settlement, court costs, and the fees and expenses of counsel.  To the extent 
that the undertaking to indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in this 
Section may be unenforceable because it violates any law or public policy, 
Borrower shall pay the maximum portion which it is permitted to pay under 
applicable law to Lender in satisfaction of indemnified matters under this 
Section.  


                                     -40-
<PAGE>

The foregoing indemnity shall survive the payment of the Obligations and the 
termination or non-renewal of this Agreement.

SECTION 12.    TERM OF AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS.

     12.1 TERM.

          (a)  This Agreement and the other Financing Agreements shall become 
effective as of the date set forth on the first page hereof and shall 
continue in full force and effect for a term ending on the date two (2) years 
from the date hereof (the "Renewal Date"), and from year to year thereafter, 
unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms hereof.  Lender or Borrower 
may terminate this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements effective on 
the Renewal Date or on the anniversary of the Renewal Date in any year by 
giving to the other party at least sixty (60) days prior written notice.  
Borrower may terminate this Agreement prior to the end of the then current 
term, including any renewal term, for any reason upon sixty (60) days prior 
written notice to Lender, and in such case Borrower agrees to pay to Lender 
the applicable early termination fee provided for in Section 12.1(c) hereof.  
Regardless of the timing of termination, this Agreement and all other 
Financing Agreements must be terminated simultaneously.  Upon the effective 
date of termination or non-renewal of the Financing Agreements, Borrower 
shall pay to Lender, in full, all outstanding and unpaid Obligations and 
shall furnish cash collateral to Lender in such amounts as Lender determines 
are reasonably necessary to secure Lender from loss, cost, damage or expense, 
including attorneys' fees and legal expenses, in connection with any 
contingent Obligations, including issued and outstanding Letter of Credit 
Accommodations and checks or other payments provisionally credited to the 
Obligations and/or as to which Lender has not yet received final and 
indefeasible payment.  Such cash collateral shall be remitted by wire 
transfer in Federal funds to such bank account of Lender, as Lender may, in 
its discretion, designate in writing to Borrower for such purpose.  Interest 
shall be due until and including the next Business Day, if the amounts so 
paid by Borrower to the bank account designated by Lender are received in 
such bank account later than 10:30 a.m., Los Angeles time.

          (b)  No termination of this Agreement or the other Financing 
Agreements shall relieve or discharge Borrower of its respective duties, 
obligations and covenants under this Agreement or the other Financing 
Agreements until all Obligations have been fully and finally discharged and 
paid, and Lender's continuing security interest in the Collateral and the 
rights and remedies of Lender hereunder, under the other Financing Agreements 
and applicable law, shall remain in effect until all such Obligations have 
been fully and finally discharged and paid.

          (c)  If for any reason this Agreement is terminated prior to the 
end of the then current term or renewal term of this Agreement, Borrower 
agrees to pay to Lender, upon the effective date of such termination, an 
early termination fee in the amount set forth below if such termination is 
effective in the period indicated:

                    AMOUNT                          PERIOD


                                     -41-
<PAGE>

   (i)    3% of the Maximum Credit    from the date of this Agreement to and
                                      including the day preceding the first
                                      anniversary of this Agreement
   (ii)   2% of the Maximum Credit    from the first anniversary of this
                                      Agreement to and including the Renewal
                                      Date, and if the Renewal Date is
                                      extended as provided in Section 12.1(a),
                                      at any time during a renewal term, if
                                      any.


The early termination fee provided for in this Section 12.1 shall be deemed 
included in the Obligations.

          12.2 NOTICES.  All notices, requests and demands hereunder shall be 
in writing and (a) made to Lender at its address set forth below and to 
Borrower at its chief executive office set forth below, or to such other 
address as either party may designate by written notice to the other in 
accordance with this provision, and (b) deemed to have been given or made: if 
delivered in person, immediately upon delivery; if by telex, telegram or 
facsimile transmission, immediately upon sending and upon confirmation of 
receipt; if by nationally recognized overnight courier service with 
instructions to deliver the next Business Day, one (1) Business Day after 
sending; and if by certified mail, return receipt requested, five (5) days 
after mailing.

          12.3 PARTIAL INVALIDITY.  If any provision of this Agreement is 
held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability 
shall not invalidate this Agreement as a whole, but this Agreement shall be 
construed as though it did not contain the particular provision held to be 
invalid or unenforceable and the rights and obligations of the parties shall 
be construed and enforced only to such extent as shall be permitted by 
applicable law.

          12.4 SUCCESSORS.  This Agreement, the other Financing Agreements 
and any other document referred to herein or therein shall be binding upon 
and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Lender, Borrower and their 
respective successors and assigns, except that Borrower may not assign its 
rights under this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements and any other 
document referred to herein or therein without the prior written consent of 
Lender.  Lender may, after notice to Borrower, assign its rights and delegate 
its obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements and 
further may assign, or sell participations in, all or any part of the Loans, 
the Letter of Credit Accommodations or any other interest herein to another 
financial institution or other person, in which event, the assignee or 
participant shall have, to the extent of such assignment or participation, 
the same rights and benefits as it would have if it were the Lender 
hereunder, except as otherwise provided by the terms of such assignment or 
participation.

          12.5 ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement, the other Financing 
Agreements, any supplements hereto or thereto, and any instruments or 
documents delivered or to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith 
represents the entire agreement and understanding concerning the subject 
matter hereof and thereof between the parties hereto, and supersede all other 
prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, 
representations, warranties, 


                                     -42-
<PAGE>

commitments, proposals, offers and contracts concerning the subject matter 
hereof, whether oral or written.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lender and Borrower have caused these presents to be 
duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

Lender:                                Borrower:


CONGRESS FINANCIAL CORPORATION         MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
(WESTERN)                              


By:                                    By:                              
   ------------------------------         ------------------------------
Title:                                 Title:                           
      ---------------------------            ---------------------------
Address:                               Chief Executive Office:          
                                       ---------------------------------
 225 South Lake Avenue                 ---------------------------------
 Suite 1000                            
 Pasadena, California  91101

Borrower:                              Borrower:

XIT CORPORATION                        CXR TELCOM CORPORATION


By:                                    By:                               
   ------------------------------         ------------------------------ 
Title:                                 Title:                            
      ---------------------------            --------------------------- 
Chief Executive Office:                Chief Executive Office:           
- ---------------------------------      --------------------------------- 
- ---------------------------------      --------------------------------- 

Borrower:

HYCOMP, INC.


By:                                
   ------------------------------  
Title:                             
      ---------------------------  
Chief Executive Office:            
- ---------------------------------  
- ---------------------------------  


                                     -43-


<PAGE>

                             SECURITY AGREEMENT
                           (PARTNERSHIP INTEREST)

     THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT is entered into on June 23, 1998 between Congress
Financial Corporation (Western) ("Secured Party") and XIT Corporation
("Pledgor") in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even
date between Secured Party as lender and Pledgor, Microtel International, Inc.,
CXR Telcom Corporation and Hycomp, Inc., as borrowers (the "Loan Agreement").

     THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

     1.   SECURITY INTEREST.  

          1.1  GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST.  Pledgor hereby pledges to Secured
Party and grants Secured Party a security interest in all of the following,
whether now owned or hereafter acquired (collectively, the "Collateral"):

          (a)  All of Pledgor's present and future interest in Capital Source
Partners, a Real Estate Partnership, a California general partnership (the
"Partnership"), including without limitation Pledgor's existing partnership
interest in the Partnership and all of Pledgor's present and future interest in
the capital, profits, income and distributions of the Partnership (collectively,
the "Partnership Interest"); and  

          (b)  All rights to, and in connection with, the Security Loan (as
defined in Section 5.1(c) of the Partnership Agreement) (the "Security Loan");
and 

           (c) All payments on and with respect to, and all proceeds of, the
Partnership Interest and the Security Loan, including without limitation all
money, accounts, deposit accounts, chattel paper, documents, notes, drafts,
instruments, contract rights, general intangibles, equipment, inventory, goods,
insurance proceeds and all other tangible and intangible property resulting from
the sale, collection upon, distribution or payment on account of, or other
disposition of, the Partnership Interest or the Security Loan (collectively,
"Partnership Proceeds"); and 

           (d) All present and future books, records, data and other
documentation, relating to the Partnership or the Partnership Interest,
including without limitation all reports and financial statements; 

TO SECURE the payment and performance of all debts, duties, obligations,
liabilities, representations, warranties and guaranties of Pledgor to Secured
Party, heretofore, now, or hereafter made, incurred or created, of every kind
and nature (collectively, the "Obligations"), including, but not limited to,
those arising under the Loan Agreement or any other documents relating thereto.
(The foregoing documents and agreements, the Loan Agreement, this Agreement, and
all other present and future instruments and agreements between Pledgor and
Secured Party are referred to in this Agreement as the "Loan Documents.")  

          1.2  DISTRIBUTIONS.  From and after the date of this Agreement,
Pledgor shall remit to Secured Party all Partnership Proceeds received by
Pledgor, to be applied to the Revolving Loans (as defined in the Loan
Agreement), whether or not any Event of Default has 


                                     1
<PAGE>

occurred. (As used in this Agreement, "Obligor" shall mean the Partnership 
and all other persons who now are or hereafter become in any way obligated, 
liable or responsible for any payment or other distribution of any kind on 
account of the Partnership Interest, or for any other payment of Partnership 
Proceeds.)  All Partnership Proceeds actually received by Secured Party in 
cash shall be applied to the Revolving Loans. Pledgor shall not commingle 
such Partnership Proceeds with any of Pledgor's other funds or property; and 
shall hold such Partnership Proceeds separate and apart from Pledgor's other 
funds and property in an express trust for Secured Party until paid or 
delivered to Secured Party. 

          1.3  NOTICE TO OBLIGORS OF SECURITY INTEREST.  Concurrently with
Pledgor's execution of this Agreement, Pledgor shall (a) send a notice to the
Partnership stating that Pledgor has granted a security interest in the
Collateral to Secured Party; (b) cause the Partnership to provide Secured Party
with a written agreement, satisfactory to Secured Party in form and substance,
in which the Partnership agrees to (i) pay or deliver all Partnership Proceeds
directly to Secured Party from and after the date written notice of an Event of
Default is given to the Partnership by Secured Party; and (ii) allow Secured
Party to make any capital or other contributions or payments (collectively
"Subsequent Contributions") on behalf of Pledgor should Secured Party desire to
do so, in its sole discretion.  From time to time upon Secured Party's request,
Pledgor shall give written notice to any or all Obligors containing such
additional information and instructions concerning Secured Party's rights under
this Agreement as may be specified by Secured Party.  The notices referred to in
this Section shall be in such form as Secured Party shall specify.  From time to
time and without notice to Pledgor, Secured Party shall have the right to give
notice to any Obligor containing such information and instructions concerning
Secured Party's rights under this Agreement as Secured Party determines to be
necessary or appropriate.  

          1.4  RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULTS.  If Pledgor fails to perform any of its
obligations under the Partnership Agreement, Secured Party, at its option and in
its sole and absolute discretion, shall have the right, but not the obligation,
to pay or perform any or all of such obligations in such manner and to such
extent as Secured Party determines to be necessary or appropriate to preserve or
protect Secured Party's security interest in the Collateral.  Pledgor shall
provide Secured Party with copies of all notices to Pledgor from the Partnership
or from the general partners of the Partnership within two business days after
Pledgor's receipt of each such notice, including copies of all notices
requesting payment of any Subsequent Contribution.  All costs and expenses,
including attorneys' fees and the amount of any Subsequent Contribution made by
Secured Party on Pledgor's behalf, incurred by Secured Party in connection with
the payment or performance of such obligations or any Subsequent Contribution
shall be payable by Pledgor to Secured Party on Secured Party's demand, shall
bear interest at the highest rate applicable to the Obligations from the date of
expenditure, and shall be secured by the Collateral.  Nothing contained in this
Agreement shall be construed to obligate Secured Party to make all or part of
any Subsequent Contribution or to pay or perform any of Pledgor's obligations
under the Partnership Agreement, and no election by Secured Party to do so in
any instance shall obligate Secured Party to do so in any other instance, nor
shall it constitute a waiver of the Pledgor's default or of Secured Party's
other rights and remedies.  

          1.5  NO LIABILITY BY SECURED PARTY.  Nothing contained in this
Agreement shall render Secured Party directly or indirectly liable or
responsible to Pledgor, the Partnership, or any other person for (a) the
control, operation, or management of the Partnership, (b) the performance or
observance of any or all of Pledgor's duties, obligations, representations, or
warranties as a


                                     2
<PAGE>

partner under the Partnership Agreement or any other agreement or document 
relating to any or all of the Collateral, or (c) any failure or delay by 
Secured Party in enforcing or collecting any payment or distribution of any 
Partnership Proceeds.  Secured Party shall have no duty to make any inquiry 
as to the sufficiency of any Partnership Proceeds received by Secured Party 
or to collect the same. 

     2.   PLEDGOR'S COVENANTS.

          2.1  PLEDGOR'S PARTNERSHIP OBLIGATIONS.  Pledgor shall at all times
perform and discharge all obligations of Pledgor under the Partnership Agreement
in accordance with the terms thereof.  Pledgor shall not enter into any
amendment or supplement to the Partnership Agreement, nor waive or modify any
rights thereunder, nor exercise any voting or other rights or options
thereunder, without Secured Party's prior written consent, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld.  After the occurrence of any Event of Default, Secured
Party shall have the right (but not the obligation) to enter into any amendment
or supplement to the Partnership Agreement on behalf of Pledgor, waive or modify
any rights of Pledgor thereunder, and exercise any voting or other rights or
options of Pledgor thereunder.

          2.2  INSPECTION.  Secured Party and its representatives shall have
access to all of Pledgor's books and records included in or relating to the
Collateral, at all reasonable times, for the purposes of examination,
inspection, verification, copying and for any other reasonable purpose.   

          2.3  REPORTS.  Pledgor shall deliver to Secured Party copies of all
financial statements, reports and other information concerning the Partnership
and the business and affairs of the Partnership received by Pledgor from time to
time within ten (10) days after Pledgor's receipt of each such item.  From time
to time upon Secured Party's request, Pledgor shall deliver to Secured Party
such reports and information concerning the Partnership Interest and the
business and affairs of Pledgor as Secured Party may reasonably request.  Such
reports shall be in such form, for such periods, contain such information, and
shall be rendered with such frequency as Secured Party may designate.  All
reports and information provided to Secured Party by Pledgor shall be complete
and accurate in all respects at the time provided.

          2.4  NOTICE OF ADVERSE CLAIMS.  Pledgor shall immediately notify
Secured Party in writing of (a) any claim, demand, right, lien, security
interest or encumbrance arising with respect to any or all of the Collateral;
(b)  any material adverse change in the value of the Collateral and any other
occurrence which may materially and adversely affect Secured Party's security
interest in the Collateral; and (c)  any event or condition which constitutes an
Event of Default under this Agreement. 

          2.5  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Pledgor shall take all actions which may be
reasonably necessary or appropriate to maintain, preserve, protect, and defend
the Collateral and Secured Party's security interest therein, including all such
actions as may be requested by Secured Party.  Upon Secured Party's request,
Pledgor shall execute and deliver to Secured Party such further documents and
agreements, in form and substance satisfactory to Secured Party, as Secured
Party may require to effectuate this Agreement or to evidence, perfect,
maintain, preserve or protect Secured Party's first-priority security interest
in the Collateral.

          2.6  LITIGATION COOPERATION.  If any suit, action or proceeding is
instituted by or against Secured Party with respect to any or all of the
Collateral by any third person, Pledgor,


                                     3
<PAGE>

at such times and in such manner as may be designated by Secured Party, shall 
fully cooperate with Secured Party and make itself and its employees and 
agents available to Secured Party in order to prosecute or defend any such 
suit, action or proceeding.

          2.7  NEGATIVE COVENANTS.  Without Secured Party's prior written
consent, Pledgor shall not take any of the following actions:  (a) sell, lease,
transfer, assign, pledge, mortgage, encumber, hypothecate or otherwise dispose
of or abandon any or all of the Collateral; or (b) cause or permit any or all of
the Collateral to be subject to any lien, security interest, mortgage, pledge,
or encumbrance, except for the security interest granted to Secured Party under
this Agreement.

      3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Pledgor represents and warrants to
Secured Party that:  (a) The sole Partnership Agreement of the Partnership is
the Partnership Agreement dated 1996 (but undated as to month and day) (the
"Partnership Agreement"), Pledgor has delivered true and correct copies of the
Partnership Agreement to Secured Party, the Partnership Agreement sets forth the
entirety of the agreement among the partners and any of them relating to the
Partnership and is presently in full force and effect; (b) Pledgor has an
undivided interest in the capital, profits, income and distributions of the
Partnership, as set forth in the Partnership Agreement; (c) Pledgor is not in
default in the performance or payment of any of his obligations under the
Partnership Agreement; (d) all financial statements and other information
provided by Pledgor to Secured Party concerning the Partnership have been true
and correct; (e) to the best of Pledgor's knowledge there is no litigation
pending or threatened against the Partnership or relating to the Partnership;
(e) No consent of any other person and no consent, approval, authorization or
other action by, or filing with, any governmental authority, bureau or agency is
required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of Pledgor's
obligations under this Agreement; (f) Pledgor is the sole owner of, and has good
and marketable title to, the Partnership Interest and all other Collateral, and
the Partnership Interest and other Collateral is held free and clear and shall
at all times remain free and clear of all claims, demands, rights, liens,
security interests and encumbrances, other than the security interest granted to
Secured Party under this Agreement; (g) Pledgor's execution of this Agreement
and the performance of his obligations hereunder will not result in a breach or
violation of any law, governmental rule or regulation, judgment, writ,
injunction, decree or order of any court or governmental authority relating to
Pledgor or the Collateral, or the Partnership Agreement, or any agreement to
which Pledgor is a party or by which Pledgor is bound; and (h) There is no fact
which Pledgor has failed to disclose to Secured Party in writing which may
materially and adversely affect the properties, business, prospects, profits, or
condition of Pledgor or any of the Collateral, or may be necessary to disclose
in order to keep the representations and warranties made to Secured Party from
being misleading.

     4.   EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES.

          4.1  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  If any one or more of the following events
shall occur, any such event shall constitute an Event of Default and Pledgor
shall provide Secured Party with immediate notice thereof:  Any Event of Default
under, or as defined in, the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document shall
occur.

          4.2. REMEDIES.  If an Event of Default shall occur, Pledgor shall give
immediate written notice thereof to Secured Party.  Upon the occurrence of an
Event of Default, and at any time thereafter, Secured Party shall have the
right, without notice to or demand upon Pledgor, to exercise any one or more of
the following remedies: collect all Partnership Proceeds


                                     4
<PAGE>

and apply them to the Obligations in such order as Secured Party shall 
determine in its sole discretion; sell or otherwise dispose of the 
Collateral, at a public or private sale, for cash, or other property, or on 
credit, with the authority to adjourn or postpone any such sale from time to 
time without notice other than oral announcement at the time scheduled for 
sale.  Secured Party may directly or through any affiliate purchase the 
Collateral, at any such public disposition, and if permissible under 
applicable law, at any private disposition.  Pledgor and Secured Party hereby 
agree that it shall conclusively be deemed commercially reasonable for 
Secured Party, in connection with any sale or disposition of the Collateral, 
to impose restrictions and conditions as to the investment intent of a 
purchaser or bidder, the ability of a purchaser or bidder to bear the 
economic risk of an investment in the Collateral, the knowledge and 
experience in business and financial matters of a purchaser or bidder, the 
access of a purchaser or bidder to information concerning the Partnership, as 
well as legend conditions and stop transfer instructions restricting 
subsequent transfer of the Collateral, and any other restrictions or 
conditions which Secured Party believes to be necessary or advisable in order 
to comply with any state or federal securities or other laws.  Pledgor 
acknowledges that the foregoing restrictions may result in fewer proceeds 
being received upon such sale then would otherwise be the case.  Pledgor 
hereby agrees to provide to Secured Party any and all information required by 
Secured Party in connection with any sales of Collateral by Secured Party 
hereunder.  Any and all attorneys' fees, expenses, costs, liabilities and 
obligations incurred by Secured Party in connection with the foregoing shall 
be added to and become a part of the Obligations and shall be due from 
Pledgor to Secured Party upon demand.

          4.3. LIABILITY FOR DEFICIENCY.  Pledgor shall at all times remain
liable for any deficiency remaining on the Obligations after any disposition of
any or all of the Collateral and after Secured Party's application of any
proceeds to the Obligations.

     5.   REMEDIES, CUMULATIVE; NO WAIVER.  The failure of Secured Party to
enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement at any time or for any period of
time shall not be construed to be a waiver of any such provision or the right
thereafter to enforce the same.  All remedies hereunder shall be cumulative and
shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given to Secured Party
by law.

     6.   TERM.  This Agreement and Secured Party's rights hereunder shall
continue in full force and effect until all of the Obligations have been fully
paid, performed and discharged and the Loan Agreement and all other Loan
Documents have been terminated.

     7.   POWER OF ATTORNEY.  Pledgor irrevocably appoints Secured Party as the
attorney in fact of Pledgor, with full power of substitution, coupled with an
interest, with full power, in Secured Party's own name or in the name of
Pledgor, to execute and deliver all documents and instruments and take all
actions as Secured Party shall, in its discretion, deem necessary or advisable
in order to carry out the provisions or intent of this Agreement.

     8.   RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES.  Nothing contained in this Agreement
constitutes or shall be construed as (a) the formation of a partnership or joint
venture between Secured Party and Pledgor or any other person; or (b) the
creation of any confidential or fiduciary relationship of any kind between
Secured Party and Pledgor or any other Person.  Secured Party shall not be
deemed to be a partner, joint venturer, trustee, or fiduciary with respect to
Pledgor or any other person as a result of this Agreement or the transactions
contemplated hereby.  Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that Secured Party has at
all times acted only as a lender.  Pledgor shall


                                     5
<PAGE>

at all times have the right to determine and follow its own policies and 
practices in the conduct of its business, subject to the terms and conditions 
of this Agreement.

     9.   INDEMNIFICATION.  Pledgor shall indemnify and hold Secured Party and
its agents, employees, officers, directors, attorneys, representatives,
affiliates, successors and assigns harmless from and against any and all claims,
demands, damages, liabilities, actions, causes of action, suits, costs and
expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorney's fees and costs,
arising out of or relating to Pledgor's breach of any of his obligations or
warranties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any other act or
omission by Pledgor, or Secured Party's exercise of any or all of Secured
Party's rights or remedies under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

     10.  ATTORNEYS' FEES.  Upon Secured Party's demand, Pledgor shall reimburse
Secured Party for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable
attorney's fees and costs, which are incurred by Secured Party, whether before
or after any Event of Default, in connection with any or all of the following: 
(a) the exercise of any or all of Secured Party's rights and remedies under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, whether or not any legal proceedings are
instituted by Secured Party; (b) the protection, preservation, management,
operation, or maintenance of any or all of the Collateral; (c) the sale or
disposition of any or all of the Collateral; (d) any suit, action, or proceeding
relating to Pledgor or the Collateral, or any of the Loan Documents, including
without limitation any action for relief from the automatic stay arising under
Bankruptcy Code Section362(a).  Pledgor's obligation to reimburse Secured Party
under this Section shall include payment of interest on all amounts expended by
Secured Party from the date of expenditure at the highest rate of interest
applicable to any of the Obligations.

     11.  GENERAL PROVISIONS.  This Agreement and the Loan Documents are the
entire and only agreements between Pledgor and Secured Party with respect to the
subject matter hereof, and all representations, warranties, agreements, or
undertakings heretofore or contemporaneously made, with respect to the subject
matter hereof, which are not set forth herein or therein, are superseded hereby.
All rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Agreement and the other
Loan Documents are cumulative, and nothing in this Agreement limits any of the
terms or provisions of the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents.  The
terms and provisions hereof may not be waived, altered, modified, or amended
except in a writing executed by Pledgor and Secured Party.  All rights, benefits
and privileges hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by
Secured Party and its successors and assigns and shall be binding upon Pledgor
and its successors and assigns; provided that Pledgor may not transfer any of
its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of Secured Party. 
Paragraph headings are used herein for convenience only.  Pledgor acknowledges
that the same may not describe completely the subject matter of the applicable
paragraph, and the same shall not be used in any manner to construe, limit,
define or interpret any term or provision hereof.  This Agreement and all acts
and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties
hereto shall be governed, construed, and interpreted in accordance with the
internal laws (and not conflict of laws rules) of the State of California. 
Pledgor hereby agrees that all actions or proceedings relating directly or
indirectly hereto may, at the option of Secured Party, be litigated in courts
located within said State, and Pledgor hereby expressly consents to the
jurisdiction of any such court and consents to the service of process in any
such action or proceeding by personal delivery or by certified or registered
mailing directed to Pledgor at its last address known to Secured Party.

     12.  MUTUAL WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL AND OTHER WAIVERS.  SECURED PARTY
AND PLEDGOR EACH HEREBY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY

                                     6
<PAGE>

ACTION OR PROCEEDING BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO: 
(I) THIS AGREEMENT; OR (II) ANY OTHER PRESENT OR FUTURE INSTRUMENT OR 
AGREEMENT BETWEEN SECURED PARTY AND PLEDGOR; OR (III) ANY CONDUCT, ACTS OR 
OMISSIONS OF SECURED PARTY OR PLEDGOR OR ANY OF THEIR DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, 
EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ATTORNEYS OR ANY OTHER PERSONS AFFILIATED WITH SECURED 
PARTY OR PLEDGOR; IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, WHETHER SOUNDING IN 
CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE. Pledgor hereby waives: presentment for 
payment, demand, protest, and notice thereof as to any instrument, and all 
other notices and demands to which Pledgor might be entitled.  Pledgor 
further waives the benefit of all statutes of limitations.  

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Pledge Agreement on
the date first above written.


Pledgor:                                Secured Party:

XIT Corporation                         Congress Financial Corporation (Western)

By                                      By
   -------------------------               -------------------------

Title                                   Title
      ----------------------                  ----------------------




                                     7

<PAGE>

     THE OFFER AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES REFERRED TO IN THIS AGREEMENT (THE 
"OFFERING") HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 
1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND SUCH SHARES 
ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE SECURITIES 
REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND SUCH LAWS OFFERED 
BY SECTION 4(2) OF THE ACT.  ACCORDINGLY, THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE 
TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD WITHOUT REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION UNDER THE ACT 
AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH 
REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION UNDER THE ACT AND SUCH LAWS IS THEN AVAILABLE. 
 THE OFFER AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES EFFECTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED 
OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE 
SECURITIES COMMISSION OR OTHER REGULATORY AUTHORITY, NOR HAVE ANY OF THE 
FOREGOING AUTHORITIES PASSED UPON OR ENDORSED THE MERITS OF THE OFFERING.

                            SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT 
                         MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                    CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK - SERIES A

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (hereinafter the "Agreement") has been executed 
by the undersigned (collectively the "Buyer") in connection with the sale of 
certain Securities designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock 
(hereinafter the "Preferred Shares"), which are convertible into shares of 
common stock (hereinafter the "Conversion Shares") of MicroTel International, 
Inc. (the "Company").

1.   AGREEMENT TO SUBSCRIBE; PURCHASE PRICE

     1.1  Each Buyer hereby subscribes for the number of Preferred Shares set 
forth below on the signature page of this Agreement which Preferred Shares 
shall be convertible into Conversion Shares of the Company in accordance with 
the terms set forth in the Certificate of Designations, Rights and 
Preferences of Preferred Stock attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement (the 
"Conversion Shares"), at a purchase price of $10,000 per Preferred Share 
payable in United States Dollars.

     1.2  Buyer shall pay the purchase price by delivering same day funds in 
United States Dollars to the Company upon delivery of the Preferred Shares by 
the Company to Buyer.


<PAGE>

2.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

     2.1  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.  The Company 
represents and warrants that as of the date of this Agreement:

          (a)  EXISTENCE.  The Company is a corporation duly organized and in 
     good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly 
     qualified to do business and is in good standing in all states where 
     such qualification is necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which 
     the failure to qualify would not, in the aggregate, have a material 
     adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of 
     operations or business.

          (b)  AUTHORITY.  The execution and delivery by the Company of this 
     Agreement and the Preferred Stock  (i) are within the Company's 
     corporate powers; (ii) are duly authorized by the Company's board of 
     directors; (iii) are not in contravention of the terms of the Company's 
     certificate of incorporation or bylaws; (iv) are not in contravention of 
     any law or laws; (v) except for the filing of a Form D Notice with the 
     Securities and Exchange Commission and any exemption filing related 
     thereto which may be required pursuant to applicable state securities or 
     "blue sky" laws, do not require any governmental consent, registration 
     or approval; (vi) do not contravene any contractual or governmental 
     restriction binding upon the Company; and (vii) will not result in the 
     imposition of any lien, charge, security interest or encumbrance upon 
     any property of the Company under any existing indenture, mortgage, deed 
     of trust, loan or credit agreement or other material agreement or 
     instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or 
     any of the Company's property may be bound or affected.

          (c)  BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement has been duly authorized, 
     executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the valid and 
     legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance 
     with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and 
     other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' 
     rights and to general equity principles.

          (d)  CAPITALIZATION.  The authorized capital stock of the Company 
     consists of 25,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.0033 per 
     share, 11,927,793 shares of which are issued and outstanding and 
     10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of which 
     none are outstanding.  The shares of common stock issuable upon 
     conversion of the Preferred Stock (the "Conversion Shares") have been 
     duly and validly authorized and reserved for issuance and, when issued 
     and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be 
     duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.  

          (e)  SEC DOCUMENTS.  The Company has furnished each Buyer with a 
     true and complete copy of the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the 
     fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 and Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
     March 31, 1998 (the "Disclosure Documents").  Except as disclosed in the 
     Disclosure Documents, since December 31, 1997 the Company has not 
     incurred any material liability except in the 


                                       2

<PAGE>

     ordinary course of its business consistent with past practice and there 
     has not been any change in the business, financial condition or results 
     of operations of the Company which has had a material adverse effect on 
     the Company.  Since January 1, 1997, the Company has filed with the 
     Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") all documents required to 
     be filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended 
     (the "Exchange Act"), and the rules and regulations promulgated 
     thereunder.  As of their respective dates, the Disclosure Documents 
     complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange 
     Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder applicable to 
     such Disclosure Documents, and the Disclosure Documents did not contain 
     any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material 
     fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements 
     therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not 
     misleading.  The financial statements of the Company included in the 
     Disclosure Documents (the "Financial Statements") comply as to form in 
     all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and with 
     the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto.  
     The Financial Statements are accurate, complete and have been prepared 
     in accordance with the books and records of the Company and in 
     accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a 
     consistent basis during the periods involved (except as may be indicated 
     in the notes thereto and fairly present (subject, in the case of the 
     unaudited statements, to normal, recurring audit adjustments that are 
     not material) the consolidated financial position of the Company as at 
     the dates thereof and the consolidated results of its operations and 
     cash flows for the periods then ended.  

          (f)  LITIGATION.  Except as set forth in the Disclosure Documents, 
     there is neither pending nor, to the Company's knowledge and belief, 
     threatened any action, suit, proceeding or claim, or any basis therefor, 
     to which the Company is or may be named as a party or its property is or 
     may be subject or which calls into question any of the transactions 
     contemplated by this Agreement.

          (g)  SECURITIES MATTERS.  Subject to the accuracy of the 
     representations of the Buyers set forth in Section 2.2 hereof, the 
     offer, sale and issuance of the Preferred Stock and the Conversion 
     Shares as contemplated by this Agreement are exempt from the 
     registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 as amended (the 
     "Securities Act").  The Company has complied and will comply with all 
     applicable state "blue sky" or securities laws in connection with the 
     offer, sale and issuance of the Preferred Stock and the Conversion 
     Shares as contemplated by this Agreement.

          (h)  CERTIFICATES.  The Company will issue one or more Certificates 
     representing the Preferred Shares in the name of Buyer with the 
     following restrictive legend set forth below (the "Restrictive Legend") 
     in such denominations to be specified by the Buyer:

          "The Securities represented by this Certificate have not
          been registered under the United States Securities Act of
          1933 (the "Act") and may not be sold, transferred, pledged
          or otherwise 


                                       3

<PAGE>

          hypothecated unless (a) they are covered by a registration 
          statement or a post-effective amendment thereto under the Act,  or 
          (b) in the opinion of counsel for Buyer, which opinion shall be 
          reasonably acceptable to the Company, such sale, transfer, pledge 
          or hypothecation is otherwise exempt from the provisions of Section 
          5 of the Act."

          (i)  CONVERSION.  Within two full business days of receipt by the 
     Company of a properly executed request for conversion in the form 
     annexed as Exhibit B hereto accompanied by the Preferred Shares to be 
     converted, the Company will deliver to its transfer agent its directive 
     and authorization to execute the conversion and to issue to Buyer the 
     common stock shares so authorized.  

          The Company acknowledges that a delay in issuance of its 
     authorization and directive for the conversion could result in economic 
     loss to the Buyer.  Therefore, as compensation to the Buyer for such 
     loss, in the event that the Company fails to deliver said authorization 
     and directive within two full business days, the Company agrees to pay 
     liquidated damages to the Buyer for late issuance of said authorization 
     and directive in the amount of $500 per day for each day of delay after 
     three days, up to a maximum of $10,000 per conversion request.  Nothing 
     herein shall create a liability to the Company for actions or delays of 
     the transfer agent once the authorization and directive have been 
     delivered to it by the Company.  Any liquidated damages due Buyer will 
     be paid within seven (7) days of issuance of the shares resulting from 
     the conversion.

          (j)  ISSUANCE OF SHARES.  Upon conversion of the Preferred Shares, 
     the Company will issue one or more certificates representing the 
     Conversion Shares in the name of the Buyer without restrictive legend, 
     except as may otherwise be required by applicable law, rule or 
     regulation, and in DTC eligible form, in such denominations to be 
     specified by the Buyer prior to conversion provided Buyer represents to 
     the Company that resale of the Conversion Shares will be made only in 
     compliance with applicable securities laws.  Company further warrants 
     that no instructions other than these instructions, and instructions for 
     a "stop transfer" for any sale of Conversion Shares in excess of those 
     permitted to be sold under Section 2.2(c), have been given to the 
     transfer agent and also warrants that the Conversion Shares shall 
     otherwise be freely transferable on the books and records of the Company 
     subject to compliance with Federal and State securities laws. 

     2.2  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER.  Each Buyer represents 
and warrants that as of the date of the execution of this Agreement:

          (a)  AUTHORIZATION.  This Agreement constitutes a valid and legally
     binding obligation of such Buyer.

          (b)  INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS  (i) The Buyer has received and
     reviewed the Company's Disclosure Documents and the Buyer or the Buyer's
     designated 


                                       4

<PAGE>

     representatives have concluded a satisfactory due diligence 
     investigation of the Company and have had an opportunity to have all 
     their questions regarding the Company satisfactorily answered.

               (ii)      The Buyer acknowledges that the Preferred Stock and the
          Conversion Shares are speculative and involve a high degree of risk
          and the Buyer represents that it is able to sustain the loss of the
          entire amount of its investment.

               (iii)     The Buyer (or its members and/or officers) has
          previously invested in unregistered securities and has sufficient
          financial and investing expertise to evaluate and understand the risks
          of the Preferred Stock and the Conversion Shares.

               (iv)      The Buyer has received from the Company, and is relying
          on, no representations (except as set forth in this Agreement) or
          projections with respect to the Company's business and prospects.

               (v)       The Buyer is an "accredited investor" within the
          meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

               (vi)      The Buyer is acquiring the Preferred Stock and the
          Conversion Shares for investment purposes only without intent to
          distribute the same, and acknowledges that the Preferred Stock and the
          Conversion Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act
          and applicable state securities laws, and accordingly, constitute
          "restricted securities" for purposes of the Securities Act and such
          state securities laws.

               (vii)     The Buyer acknowledges that it will not be able to
          transfer the Preferred Stock and the Conversion Shares except upon
          compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act
          and applicable state securities laws or exemptions therefrom.

               (viii)    The certificates and/or instruments evidencing the
          Preferred Stock and the Conversion Shares will contain a legend to the
          foregoing effect.

          (c)  LOCK-UP.  The Buyer will not transfer any Preferred Shares or
     Conversion Shares for a period of ninety (90) days after the date of the
     Closing.  No more than 20% of the aggregate number of Series A Preferred
     Shares originally purchased and owned by the Buyer may be converted in any
     thirty (30) day period, on a cumulative basis, after the ninetieth (90th)
     day of issuance.  Further, the Buyer will not, after conversion, sell more
     than 20% of the Conversion Shares owned by it in any thirty day period, on
     a cumulative basis, commencing with the ninety-first (91st) day after the
     Closing.

3.   CLOSING

     3.1  The Buyer understands that the Company's obligation to sell the
Preferred Shares 


                                       5

<PAGE>

is conditioned upon delivery by the Buyer to the Company of the purchase 
price set forth in Section 1 herein.

     3.2  The Company understands that Buyer's obligation to purchase the 
Preferred Shares is conditioned upon delivery of certificate(s) representing 
the Preferred Shares as described herein, and provision of an opinion of 
counsel as provided in Subsection D (ii) herein below.

     3.3  For this transaction to close, the Buyer must:

               (i)       Wire funds to the Pacific Continental Securities
          Corporation, as Escrow Agent (the "Escrow Agent"), in the amount of
          Five Hundred Thousand U.S. dollars ($500,000) (the "Purchase Price")
          no later than 72 hours after receipt by the Company of the
          Subscription Agreement executed by the Buyer and the Company.  Wire
          transfer instructions for the Escrow Agent are annexed as Exhibit C
          hereto.

               (ii)      Deliver a signed Subscription Agreement.

     3.4  For this transaction to close, the Company must:

               (i)       Deliver to the Buyer Certificate(s) for the Preferred
          Shares. 

               (ii)      Deliver to the Buyer the Company's Certificate of
          Designation set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

               (iii)     Deliver to the Buyer an opinion letter from the
          Company's counsel stating that (a) the Company is duly incorporated
          and validly existing; (b) this Agreement, the issuance of the
          Preferred Shares, and the issuance of the Common Stock upon conversion
          of the Preferred Shares up to the number of shares of common stock
          authorized in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, have been
          duly approved by all required corporate action, and that all such
          securities upon due issuance, shall be validly issued and outstanding,
          fully paid and nonassessable, and in each case, having the rights,
          preferences and privileges set forth in the Certificate of
          Incorporation; and (c) this Agreement is a valid and binding
          obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms,
          except as enforceability of any indemnification provisions may be
          limited by principles of public policy, and subject to laws of general
          application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of
          debtors and rules of laws governing specific performance and other
          equitable remedies; and

               (iv)      Deliver to the Buyer a signed Subscription Agreement
          which shall be signed after execution of such Subscription Agreement
          by Buyer; and

               (v)       Deliver to the Buyer executed warrants to purchase
          common stock 


                                       6

<PAGE>

          of the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the 
          "Warrants").


                                       7

<PAGE>

     3.5  Upon confirmation by Buyer that it has received each of the items 
set forth in 3.4(i)-(v), and by the Company that it has received a signed 
Subscription Agreement, Escrow Agent shall, after deducting any amounts due 
to it from the Company, release the balance of the purchase price to the 
Company or as directed by the Company.

     E.   Pacific Continental Securities Corporation shall serve as agent 
     (the "Agent") in the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.  
     Agent's fee is solely the responsibility of the Company and Company 
     expressly agrees to pay Agent said fee as such is agreed upon between 
     the Company and the Agent.  Neither the Company nor the Agent has any 
     recourse of any kind whatsoever against the Buyer for any monies owed 
     the Agent by the Company or for any monies paid by the Company to the 
     Agent.  Company expressly indemnifies Buyer against any monies owed the 
     Agent.

4.   REGISTRATION OF CONVERSION SHARES

     4.1  The Company shall prepare and file with the SEC a registration 
statement as soon as practical, which registration statement shall include 
the Conversion Shares and shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the 
Warrants ("Warrant Shares") and shall thereafter use its best efforts to have 
such registration statement declared effective within 90 days after the 
Closing Date (the "Target Date") and remain effective until the earlier of 
the date on which all the Conversion Shares are sold or two years after the 
Closing Date (the "Effective Period").  The Company shall prepare and file 
with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement 
and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep 
such registration statement effective throughout the Effective Period and to 
comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale or 
other disposition of the Conversion Shares or Warrant Shares covered by such 
registration statement whenever the Buyer shall desire to sell or otherwise 
dispose of the same.

     4.2  If a registration statement covering all Shares is not effective by 
the Target Date, the Company shall pay to the Buyers as liquidated damages an 
aggregate amount equal to one percent ( 1%) of the total purchase price of 
the Preferred Stock for each thirty (30) day period following the Target Date 
until such time as the registration statement is declared effective.  The 
payment set forth above shall be pro-rated daily as to any period of less 
than thirty (30) days.  Such payment shall be made to each Buyer by cashier's 
check or wire transfer in immediately available funds to such account as 
shall be designated in writing by the Buyer and shall be paid irrespective of 
the amount of Preferred Stock, Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares held by 
Buyer on the Target Date and thereafter.

     4.3  Any amount payable pursuant to the foregoing provisions shall be 
delivered on or before the fifth (5th) day following the end of the calendar 
month in which such payment or delivery obligation arose.

     4.4  The Company shall file a request for acceleration of effectiveness 
of the registration statement within five days after it has received a no 
review/no further comment determination from the SEC.


                                       8

<PAGE>

     4.5  It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Company 
to register any Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares pursuant to this Section 
4 that Buyer shall furnish to the Company such information regarding the 
Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares held and the intended method of 
disposition thereof and other information concerning the Buyer as the Company 
shall reasonably request and as shall be required in connection with the 
registration statement to be filed by the Company.  If after a registration 
statement becomes effective the Company advises the Buyer that the Company 
considers it appropriate to amend or supplement the applicable registration 
statement, the Buyer shall suspend further sales of the Conversion Shares and 
Warrant Shares until the Company advises the Buyer that such registration 
statement has been amended or supplemented. 

     4.6  Whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Section 
4 to effect the registration of the Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares 
under the Securities Act, the Company shall:

               (i)       Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement
          with respect to such securities and use its best efforts to cause such
          registration statement to become and remain effective;

               (ii)      Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments to such
          registration statement and supplements to the prospectus contained
          therein as may be necessary to keep such registration statement
          effective;

               (iii)     Furnish to the Buyer and to the underwriters (if any)
          of the securities being registered such reasonable number of copies of
          the registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus
          and such other documents as the Buyer may reasonably request in order
          to facilitate the public offering of such securities;

               (iv)      Use its best efforts to register or qualify the
          securities covered by such registration statement under such state
          securities or Blue Sky Laws of such jurisdictions as the Buyer may
          reasonably request within twenty (20) days following the original
          filing of such registration statement, except that the Company shall
          not for any purpose be required to execute a general consent to
          service of process or to qualify to do business as a foreign
          corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so qualified;

               (v)       Notify the Buyer, promptly after it shall receive
          notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has
          become effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of
          such registration statement has been filed;

               (vi)      Notify the Buyer promptly of any request by the SEC for
          the amending or supplementing of such registration statement or
          prospectus or for additional information; and


                                       9

<PAGE>

               (vii)     Prepare and promptly file with the SEC and promptly
          notify the Buyer of the filing of such amendment or supplement to such
          registration statement or prospectus as may be necessary to correct
          any statements or omissions if, at the time when a prospectus relating
          to such securities is required to be delivered under the Securities
          Act, any event shall have occurred as the result of which any such
          prospectus or any other prospectus as then in effect would include an
          untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
          necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
          circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.  

     4.7  With respect to the inclusion of the Conversion Shares and Warrant 
Shares in a registration statement pursuant to this Section 4, all 
registration expenses, fees, costs and expenses of and incidental to such 
registration, inclusion and public offering in connection therewith shall be 
borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Buyer shall bear its own 
professional fees and pro rata share of the underwriting discount and 
commissions, if any.  The fees, costs and expenses of registration to be 
borne by the Company shall include, without limitation, all registration, 
filing, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel and accountants 
for the Company, fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriter or 
underwriters of such securities (if any and if the Company and/or selling 
security holders are required to bear such fees and disbursements), and all 
legal fees and disbursements and other expenses of complying with state 
securities or Blue Sky Laws of any jurisdiction in which the securities to be 
offered are to be registered or qualified.

     4.8  Subject to the conditions set forth below, in connection with any 
registration of the Shares pursuant to this Section 4, the Company agrees to 
indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer, any underwriter for the Company or 
acting on behalf of the Buyer and each person, if any, who controls the 
Buyer, within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, as follows:

               (i)       Against any and all loss, claim, damage and expense
          whatsoever arising out of or based upon (including, but not limited
          to, any and all expense whatsoever reasonably incurred in
          investigating, preparing or defending any litigation, commenced or
          threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon) any untrue or alleged
          untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary
          prospectus (if used prior to the effective date of the registration
          statement), the registration statement or the prospectus (as from time
          to time amended and supplemented), or in any application or other
          document executed by the Company or based upon written information
          furnished by the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify
          the Company's securities under the securities laws thereof, or the
          omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to
          be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
          misleading, or any other violation of applicable federal or state
          statutory or regulatory requirements or limitations relating to action
          or inaction by the Company in the course of preparing, filing, or
          implementing such registered offering; provided, however, that the
          indemnity agreement contained in this section shall not apply to 


                                       10

<PAGE>

          any loss, claim, damage, liability or action arising out of or 
          based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission made 
          in reliance upon and in conformity with any information furnished 
          in writing to the Company by or on behalf of the Buyer expressly 
          for use in connection therewith or arising out of any action or 
          inaction of the Buyer;

               (ii)      Subject to the proviso contained in Subsection (i) 
          above, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and 
          expense whatsoever to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in 
          settlement of any litigation, commenced or threatened, or of any 
          claim whatsoever based upon any untrue statement or omission 
          (including, but not limited to, any and all expense whatsoever 
          reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending 
          against any such litigation or claim) if such settlement is 
          effected with the written consent of the Company; and

               (iii)     In no case shall the Company be liable under this 
          indemnity agreement with respect to any claim made against such 
          Company, underwriter or any such controlling person unless the 
          Company shall be notified, by letter or by facsimile confirmed by 
          letter, of any action commenced against such persons, promptly 
          after such person shall have been served with the summons or other 
          legal process giving information as to the nature and basis of the 
          claim.  The failure to so notify the Company, if prejudicial in any 
          material respect to the Company's ability to defend such claim, 
          shall relieve the Company from its liability to the indemnified 
          person under this Section 4, but only to the extent that the 
          Company was prejudiced.  The failure to so notify the Company shall 
          not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have 
          otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement.  The Company 
          shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense 
          of any suit brought to enforce any such claim, but if the Company 
          elects to assume the defense, such defense shall be conducted by 
          counsel chosen by it, provided such counsel is reasonably 
          satisfactory to the Company or controlling persons, defendants in 
          any suit so brought.  In the event the Company elects to assume the 
          defense of any such suit and retain such counsel, the Company, 
          underwriter or controlling persons, defendants in the suit, shall, 
          after the date they are notified of such election, bear the fees 
          and expenses of any counsel thereafter retained by them, as well as 
          any other expenses thereafter incurred by them in connection with 
          the defense thereof; provided, however, that if the Company, 
          underwriter or controlling persons reasonably believe that there 
          may be available to them any defense or counterclaim different than 
          those available to the Company or that representation of such 
          Company, underwriters or controlling persons by counsel for the 
          Company presents a conflict of interest for such counsel, then such 
          Company, underwriter and controlling person shall be entitled to 
          defend such suit with counsel of their own choosing and the Company 
          shall bear the fees, expenses and other costs of such separate 
          counsel.


                                       11

<PAGE>

     4.9  Each Buyer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each 
underwriter for the offering, (if any), and each of their officers and 
directors and agents and each other person, if any, who controls the Company 
and underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act 
against any and all such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses as 
are indemnified against by the Company under Section 4.6 above; provided, 
however, that such indemnification by Buyer hereunder shall be limited to any 
losses, liabilities, claims, damages, or expenses to the extent caused by any 
untrue statement of a material fact or omission of a material fact (required 
to be stated therein or necessary to make statements therein not misleading), 
if any made (or in settlement of any litigation effected with the written 
consent of such Company, alleged to have been made) in any preliminary 
prospectus, the registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or 
supplement thereof or in any application or other document in reliance upon, 
and in conformity with, written information furnished in respect of such 
Company by or on behalf of such Company expressly for use in any preliminary 
prospectus, the registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or 
supplement thereof or in any such application or other document or arising 
out of any action or inaction of such Company in implementing such registered 
offering.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnification obligation of 
each Buyer shall not exceed the purchase price of the Notes paid by such 
Buyer.  In case any action shall be brought against the Company, or any other 
person so indemnified, in respect of which indemnity may be sought against 
any Company, such Company shall have the rights and duties given to the 
Company, and each other person so indemnified shall have the rights and 
duties given to the Buyer, by the provisions of Section 4.6.  The person 
indemnified agrees to notify the Company promptly after the assertion of any 
claim against the person indemnified in connection with the sale of 
securities.

     4.10 If the indemnification provided for in Sections 4.8 and 4.9 above 
are unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in 
respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect 
thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute 
to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such 
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in 
such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the 
indemnified party, on one hand, and such indemnifying party, on the other 
hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such 
losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof).  The 
relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, 
whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the 
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information 
supplied by the indemnified party, on one hand, or such indemnifying party, 
on the other hand, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to 
information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. 
 No person who has committed fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning 
of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who 
was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The amount paid or 
payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or 
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof referred to above in this Section 
shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by 
such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such 
action or claim.

5.   CLOSING DATE


                                       12

<PAGE>

     The Preferred Share certificate shall be delivered to Buyer and the 
funds therefore shall be delivered to Company on or before May 22, 1998 (the 
"Closing Date") or at such other time mutually agreed to by the parties. 6.   
GOVERNING LAW; INTERPRETATION

     This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with 
the laws of the State of Delaware.  Facsimile signatures of this Agreement 
shall be binding on all parties hereto.  7.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT

     This Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto 
constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the 
parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof, and no party shall be 
liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any warranties, 
representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or 
therein.  Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any 
term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a 
written instrument signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such 
amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

8.   NOTICES; ETC.

     Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by 
either the Company or the Buyer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall 
be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally or by 
facsimile, with a hard copy to follow by two day courier addressed to the 
parties at the addresses of the parties set forth at the end of this 
Agreement or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other 
in writing.

9.   COUNTERPARTS

     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of 
which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such 
counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. 

10.  SEVERABILITY

     In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared 
by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, enforceable or void, this 
Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision, 
provided that no such severability shall be effective if it materially 
changes the economic benefit of this Agreement to any party.

11.  TITLES AND SUBTITLES

     The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience 
only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this 
Agreement.


                                       13

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement was duly executed on the date first 
written above, as confirmed by signatory below.  Facsimile signatures of this 
agreement shall be binding on all parties hereto.

                                   Official Signatory of Company:


                                   MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                   4290 East Brickell Street
                                   Ontario, California   91761


                                   By:
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                      Carmine T. Oliva
                                      President and Chief Executive Officer


                                   FORTUNE FUND LIMITED SEEKER III


                                   By:
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                   Number of Shares of 
                                   Series A Preferred:  50



<PAGE>

     THE OFFER AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES REFERRED TO IN THIS AGREEMENT (THE 
"OFFERING") HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 
1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND SUCH SHARES 
ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE SECURITIES 
REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND SUCH LAWS OFFERED 
BY SECTION 4(2) OF THE ACT.  ACCORDINGLY, THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE 
TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD WITHOUT REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION UNDER THE ACT 
AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH 
REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION UNDER THE ACT AND SUCH LAWS IS THEN AVAILABLE. 
 THE OFFER AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES EFFECTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED 
OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE 
SECURITIES COMMISSION OR OTHER REGULATORY AUTHORITY, NOR HAVE ANY OF THE 
FOREGOING AUTHORITIES PASSED UPON OR ENDORSED THE MERITS OF THE OFFERING.

                             SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT 
                           MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                      CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK - SERIES A

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (hereinafter the "Agreement") has been executed 
by the undersigned (collectively the "Buyer") in connection with the sale of 
certain Securities designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock 
(hereinafter the "Preferred Shares"), which are convertible into shares of 
common stock (hereinafter the "Conversion Shares") of MicroTel International, 
Inc. (the "Company").

1.   AGREEMENT TO SUBSCRIBE; PURCHASE PRICE

     1.1  Each Buyer hereby subscribes for the number of Preferred Shares set 
forth below on the signature page of this Agreement which Preferred Shares 
shall be convertible into Conversion Shares of the Company in accordance with 
the terms set forth in the Certificate of Designations, Rights and 
Preferences of Preferred Stock attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement (the 
"Conversion Shares"), at a purchase price of $10,000 per Preferred Share 
payable in United States Dollars.

     1.2  Buyer shall pay the purchase price by delivering same day funds in 
United States Dollars to the Company upon delivery of the Preferred Shares by 
the Company to Buyer.

<PAGE>

 2.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

     2.1     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.  The Company 
represents and warrants that as of the date of this Agreement:

          (a)  EXISTENCE.  The Company is a corporation duly organized and in
     good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly qualified
     to do business and is in good standing in all states where such
     qualification is necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which the
     failure to qualify would not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse
     effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or
     business.

          (b)  AUTHORITY.  The execution and delivery by the Company of this
     Agreement and the Preferred Stock  (i) are within the Company's corporate
     powers; (ii) are duly authorized by the Company's board of directors; (iii)
     are not in contravention of the terms of the Company's certificate of
     incorporation or bylaws; (iv) are not in contravention of any law or laws;
     (v) except for the filing of a Form D Notice with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission and any exemption filing related thereto which may be
     required pursuant to applicable state securities or "blue sky" laws, do not
     require any governmental consent, registration or approval; (vi) do not
     contravene any contractual or governmental restriction binding upon the
     Company; and (vii) will not result in the imposition of any lien, charge,
     security interest or encumbrance upon any property of the Company under any
     existing indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement or
     other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or
     by which the Company or any of the Company's property may be bound or
     affected.

          (c)  BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement has been duly authorized,
     executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the valid and legally
     binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its
     terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of
     general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to
     general equity principles.

          (d)  CAPITALIZATION.  The authorized capital stock of the Company
     consists of 25,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.0033 per share,
     11,927,793 shares of which are issued and outstanding and 10,000,000 shares
     of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of which none are
     outstanding.  The shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the
     Preferred Stock (the "Conversion Shares") have been duly and validly
     authorized and reserved for issuance and, when issued and delivered in
     accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be duly and validly
     issued, fully paid and non-assessable.  

          (e)  SEC DOCUMENTS.  The Company has furnished each Buyer with a true
     and complete copy of the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
     ended December 31, 1997 and Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998
     (the "Disclosure Documents").  Except as disclosed in the Disclosure
     Documents, since December 31, 1997 the Company has not incurred any
     material liability except in the 


                                       2
<PAGE>

     ordinary course of its business consistent with past practice and there 
     has not been any change in the business, financial condition or results 
     of operations of the Company which has had a material adverse effect on the
     Company.  Since January 1, 1997, the Company has filed with the Securities
     and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") all documents required to be filed 
     pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 
     "Exchange Act"), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  As
     of their respective dates, the Disclosure Documents complied in all 
     material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules
     and regulations of the SEC thereunder applicable to such Disclosure 
     Documents, and the Disclosure Documents did not contain any untrue 
     statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact 
     required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein,
     in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     The financial statements of the Company included in the Disclosure 
     Documents (the "Financial Statements") comply as to form in all material
     respects with applicable accounting requirements and with the published 
     rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto.  The Financial 
     Statements are accurate, complete and have been prepared in accordance 
     with the books and records of the Company and in accordance with
     generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis
     during the periods involved (except as may be indicated in the notes
     thereto and fairly present (subject, in the case of the unaudited
     statements, to normal, recurring audit adjustments that are not material)
     the consolidated financial position of the Company as at the dates thereof
     and the consolidated results of its operations and cash flows for the
     periods then ended.  

          (f)  LITIGATION.  Except as set forth in the Disclosure Documents,
     there is neither pending nor, to the Company's knowledge and belief,
     threatened any action, suit, proceeding or claim, or any basis therefor, to
     which the Company is or may be named as a party or its property is or may
     be subject or which calls into question any of the transactions
     contemplated by this Agreement.

          (g)  SECURITIES MATTERS.  Subject to the accuracy of the
     representations of the Buyers set forth in Section 2.2 hereof, the offer,
     sale and issuance of the Preferred Stock and the Conversion Shares as
     contemplated by this Agreement are exempt from the registration
     requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 as amended (the "Securities
     Act").  The Company has complied and will comply with all applicable state
     "blue sky" or securities laws in connection with the offer, sale and
     issuance of the Preferred Stock and the Conversion Shares as contemplated
     by this Agreement.

          (h)  CERTIFICATES.  The Company will issue one or more Certificates
     representing the Preferred Shares in the name of Buyer with the following
     restrictive legend set forth below (the "Restrictive Legend") in such
     denominations to be specified by the Buyer:

          "The Securities represented by this Certificate have not
          been registered under the United States Securities Act of
          1933 (the "Act") and may not be sold, transferred, pledged
          or otherwise 


                               3
<PAGE>

          hypothecated unless (a) they are covered by a  registration 
          statement or a post-effective amendment thereto under the 
          Act,  or (b) in the opinion of counsel for Buyer, which 
          opinion shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company,
          such sale, transfer, pledge or hypothecation is otherwise
          exempt from the provisions of Section 5 of the Act."

          (i)  CONVERSION.  Within two full business days of receipt by the
     Company of a properly executed request for conversion in the form annexed
     as Exhibit B hereto accompanied by the Preferred Shares to be converted,
     the Company will deliver to its transfer agent its directive and
     authorization to execute the conversion and to issue to Buyer the common
     stock shares so authorized.  

          The Company acknowledges that a delay in issuance of its authorization
     and directive for the conversion could result in economic loss to the
     Buyer.  Therefore, as compensation to the Buyer for such loss, in the event
     that the Company fails to deliver said authorization and directive within
     two full business days, the Company agrees to pay liquidated damages to the
     Buyer for late issuance of said authorization and directive in the amount
     of $500 per day for each day of delay after three days, up to a maximum of
     $10,000 per conversion request.  Nothing herein shall create a liability to
     the Company for actions or delays of the transfer agent once the
     authorization and directive have been delivered to it by the Company.  Any
     liquidated damages due Buyer will be paid within seven (7) days of issuance
     of the shares resulting from the conversion.

          (j)  ISSUANCE OF SHARES.  Upon conversion of the Preferred Shares, the
     Company will issue one or more certificates representing the Conversion
     Shares in the name of the Buyer without restrictive legend, except as may
     otherwise be required by applicable law, rule or regulation, and in DTC
     eligible form, in such denominations to be specified by the Buyer prior to
     conversion provided Buyer represents to the Company that resale of the
     Conversion Shares will be made only in compliance with applicable
     securities laws.  Company further warrants that no instructions other than
     these instructions, and instructions for a "stop transfer" for any sale of
     Conversion Shares in excess of those permitted to be sold under Section
     2.2(c), have been given to the transfer agent and also warrants that the
     Conversion Shares shall otherwise be freely transferable on the books and
     records of the Company subject to compliance with Federal and State
     securities laws. 

     2.2     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER.  Each Buyer represents
and warrants that as of the date of the execution of this Agreement:

          (a)  AUTHORIZATION.  This Agreement constitutes a valid and legally
     binding obligation of such Buyer.

          (b)  INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS  (i) The Buyer has received and
     reviewed the Company's Disclosure Documents and the Buyer or the Buyer's
     designated


                                       4
<PAGE>

     representatives have concluded a satisfactory due diligence investigation 
     of the Company and have had an opportunity to have all their questions 
     regarding the Company satisfactorily answered.

               (ii)      The Buyer acknowledges that the Preferred Stock and the
          Conversion Shares are speculative and involve a high degree of risk
          and the Buyer represents that it is able to sustain the loss of the
          entire amount of its investment.

               (iii)     The Buyer (or its members and/or officers) has
          previously invested in unregistered securities and has sufficient
          financial and investing expertise to evaluate and understand the risks
          of the Preferred Stock and the Conversion Shares.

               (iv)      The Buyer has received from the Company, and is relying
          on, no representations (except as set forth in this Agreement) or
          projections with respect to the Company's business and prospects.

               (v)       The Buyer is an "accredited investor" within the
          meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

               (vi)      The Buyer is acquiring the Preferred Stock and the
          Conversion Shares for investment purposes only without intent to
          distribute the same, and acknowledges that the Preferred Stock and the
          Conversion Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act
          and applicable state securities laws, and accordingly, constitute
          "restricted securities" for purposes of the Securities Act and such
          state securities laws.

               (vii)     The Buyer acknowledges that it will not be able to
          transfer the Preferred Stock and the Conversion Shares except upon
          compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act
          and applicable state securities laws or exemptions therefrom.

               (viii)    The certificates and/or instruments evidencing the
          Preferred Stock and the Conversion Shares will contain a legend to the
          foregoing effect.

          (c)  LOCK-UP.  The Buyer will not transfer any Preferred Shares or
     Conversion Shares for a period of ninety (90) days after the date of the
     Closing.  No more than 20% of the aggregate number of Series A Preferred
     Shares originally purchased and owned by the Buyer may be converted in any
     thirty (30) day period, on a cumulative basis, after the ninetieth (90th)
     day of issuance.  Further, the Buyer will not, after conversion, sell more
     than 20% of the Conversion Shares owned by it in any thirty day period, on
     a cumulative basis, commencing with the ninety-first (91st) day after the
     Closing.

3.   CLOSING

     3.1  The Buyer understands that the Company's obligation to sell the
Preferred Shares


                                       5
<PAGE>

is conditioned upon delivery by the Buyer to the Company of the purchase price 
set forth in Section 1 herein.

     3.2  The Company understands that Buyer's obligation to purchase the
Preferred Shares is conditioned upon delivery of certificate(s) representing the
Preferred Shares as described herein, and provision of an opinion of counsel as
provided in Subsection D (ii) herein below.

     3.3  For this transaction to close, the Buyer must:

               (i)  Wire funds to the Pacific Continental Securities
          Corporation, as Escrow Agent (the "Escrow Agent"), in the amount of
          Five Hundred Thousand U.S. dollars ($500,000) (the "Purchase Price")
          no later than 72 hours after receipt by the Company of the
          Subscription Agreement executed by the Buyer and the Company.  Wire
          transfer instructions for the Escrow Agent are annexed as Exhibit C
          hereto.

               (ii)      Deliver a signed Subscription Agreement.

     3.4  For this transaction to close, the Company must:

               (i)       Deliver to the Buyer Certificate(s) for the Preferred
          Shares. 

               (ii)      Deliver to the Buyer the Company's Certificate of
          Designation set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

               (iii)     Deliver to the Buyer an opinion letter from the
          Company's counsel stating that (a) the Company is duly incorporated
          and validly existing; (b) this Agreement, the issuance of the
          Preferred Shares, and the issuance of the Common Stock upon conversion
          of the Preferred Shares up to the number of shares of common stock
          authorized in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, have been
          duly approved by all required corporate action, and that all such
          securities upon due issuance, shall be validly issued and outstanding,
          fully paid and nonassessable, and in each case, having the rights,
          preferences and privileges set forth in the Certificate of
          Incorporation; and (c) this Agreement is a valid and binding
          obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms,
          except as enforceability of any indemnification provisions may be
          limited by principles of public policy, and subject to laws of general
          application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of
          debtors and rules of laws governing specific performance and other
          equitable remedies; and

               (iv)      Deliver to the Buyer a signed Subscription Agreement
          which shall be signed after execution of such Subscription Agreement
          by Buyer; and

               (v)       Deliver to the Buyer executed warrants to purchase
          common stock


                                       6
<PAGE>

          of the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the 
          "Warrants").


                                      7
<PAGE>

     3.5  Upon confirmation by Buyer that it has received each of the items set
forth in 3.4(i)-(v), and by the Company that it has received a signed
Subscription Agreement, Escrow Agent shall, after deducting any amounts due to
it from the Company, release the balance of the purchase price to the Company or
as directed by the Company.

     E.   Pacific Continental Securities Corporation shall serve as agent (the
     "Agent") in the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.  Agent's fee is
     solely the responsibility of the Company and Company expressly agrees to
     pay Agent said fee as such is agreed upon between the Company and the
     Agent.  Neither the Company nor the Agent has any recourse of any kind
     whatsoever against the Buyer for any monies owed the Agent by the Company
     or for any monies paid by the Company to the Agent.  Company expressly
     indemnifies Buyer against any monies owed the Agent.

4.   REGISTRATION OF CONVERSION SHARES

     4.1  The Company shall prepare and file with the SEC a registration
statement as soon as practical, which registration statement shall include the
Conversion Shares and shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Warrants
("Warrant Shares") and shall thereafter use its best efforts to have such
registration statement declared effective within 90 days after the Closing Date
(the "Target Date") and remain effective until the earlier of the date on which
all the Conversion Shares are sold or two years after the Closing Date (the
"Effective Period").  The Company shall prepare and file with the SEC such
amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus
used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration
statement effective throughout the Effective Period and to comply with the
provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale or other disposition
of the Conversion Shares or Warrant Shares covered by such registration
statement whenever the Buyer shall desire to sell or otherwise dispose of the
same.

     4.2  If a registration statement covering all Shares is not effective by
the Target Date, the Company shall pay to the Buyers as liquidated damages an
aggregate amount equal to one percent ( 1%) of the total purchase price of the
Preferred Stock for each thirty (30) day period following the Target Date until
such time as the registration statement is declared effective.  The payment set
forth above shall be pro-rated daily as to any period of less than thirty (30)
days.  Such payment shall be made to each Buyer by cashier's check or wire
transfer in immediately available funds to such account as shall be designated
in writing by the Buyer and shall be paid irrespective of the amount of
Preferred Stock, Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares held by Buyer on the
Target Date and thereafter.

     4.3  Any amount payable pursuant to the foregoing provisions shall be
delivered on or before the fifth (5th) day following the end of the calendar
month in which such payment or delivery obligation arose.

     4.4  The Company shall file a request for acceleration of effectiveness of
the registration statement within five days after it has received a no review/no
further comment determination from the SEC.


                                       8
<PAGE>

     4.5  It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Company to
register any Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares pursuant to this Section 4
that Buyer shall furnish to the Company such information regarding the
Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares held and the intended method of disposition
thereof and other information concerning the Buyer as the Company shall
reasonably request and as shall be required in connection with the registration
statement to be filed by the Company.  If after a registration statement becomes
effective the Company advises the Buyer that the Company considers it
appropriate to amend or supplement the applicable registration statement, the
Buyer shall suspend further sales of the Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares
until the Company advises the Buyer that such registration statement has been
amended or supplemented. 

     4.6  Whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Section 4
to effect the registration of the Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares under the
Securities Act, the Company shall:

               (i)       Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement
          with respect to such securities and use its best efforts to cause such
          registration statement to become and remain effective;

               (ii)      Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments to such
          registration statement and supplements to the prospectus contained
          therein as may be necessary to keep such registration statement
          effective;

               (iii)     Furnish to the Buyer and to the underwriters (if any)
          of the securities being registered such reasonable number of copies of
          the registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus
          and such other documents as the Buyer may reasonably request in order
          to facilitate the public offering of such securities;

               (iv)      Use its best efforts to register or qualify the
          securities covered by such registration statement under such state
          securities or Blue Sky Laws of such jurisdictions as the Buyer may
          reasonably request within twenty (20) days following the original
          filing of such registration statement, except that the Company shall
          not for any purpose be required to execute a general consent to
          service of process or to qualify to do business as a foreign
          corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so qualified;

               (v)       Notify the Buyer, promptly after it shall receive
          notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has
          become effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of
          such registration statement has been filed;
 
               (vi)      Notify the Buyer promptly of any request by the SEC for
          the amending or supplementing of such registration statement or
          prospectus or for additional information; and


                                       9
<PAGE>

               (vii)     Prepare and promptly file with the SEC and promptly
          notify the Buyer of the filing of such amendment or supplement to such
          registration statement or prospectus as may be necessary to correct
          any statements or omissions if, at the time when a prospectus relating
          to such securities is required to be delivered under the Securities
          Act, any event shall have occurred as the result of which any such
          prospectus or any other prospectus as then in effect would include an
          untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
          necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
          circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.  

     4.7  With respect to the inclusion of the Conversion Shares and Warrant
Shares in a registration statement pursuant to this Section 4, all registration
expenses, fees, costs and expenses of and incidental to such registration,
inclusion and public offering in connection therewith shall be borne by the
Company; provided, however, that the Buyer shall bear its own professional fees
and pro rata share of the underwriting discount and commissions, if any.  The
fees, costs and expenses of registration to be borne by the Company shall
include, without limitation, all registration, filing, printing expenses, fees
and disbursements of counsel and accountants for the Company, fees and
disbursements of counsel for the underwriter or underwriters of such securities
(if any and if the Company and/or selling security holders are required to bear
such fees and disbursements), and all legal fees and disbursements and other
expenses of complying with state securities or Blue Sky Laws of any jurisdiction
in which the securities to be offered are to be registered or qualified.

     4.8  Subject to the conditions set forth below, in connection with any
registration of the Shares pursuant to this Section 4, the Company agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer, any underwriter for the Company or acting
on behalf of the Buyer and each person, if any, who controls the Buyer, within
the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, as follows:

               (i)       Against any and all loss, claim, damage and expense
          whatsoever arising out of or based upon (including, but not limited
          to, any and all expense whatsoever reasonably incurred in
          investigating, preparing or defending any litigation, commenced or
          threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon) any untrue or alleged
          untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary
          prospectus (if used prior to the effective date of the registration
          statement), the registration statement or the prospectus (as from time
          to time amended and supplemented), or in any application or other
          document executed by the Company or based upon written information
          furnished by the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify
          the Company's securities under the securities laws thereof, or the
          omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to
          be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
          misleading, or any other violation of applicable federal or state
          statutory or regulatory requirements or limitations relating to action
          or inaction by the Company in the course of preparing, filing, or
          implementing such registered offering; provided, however, that the
          indemnity agreement contained in this section shall not apply to


                                     10
<PAGE>

          any loss, claim, damage, liability or action arising out of or based 
          upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission made in 
          reliance upon and in conformity with any information furnished in 
          writing to the Company by or on behalf of the Buyer expressly for use 
          in connection therewith or arising out of any action or inaction of 
          the Buyer;

               (ii)      Subject to the proviso contained in Subsection (i)
          above, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense
          whatsoever to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of
          any litigation, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever
          based upon any untrue statement or omission (including, but not
          limited to, any and all expense whatsoever reasonably incurred in
          investigating, preparing or defending against any such litigation or
          claim) if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the
          Company; and

               (iii)     In no case shall the Company be liable under this
          indemnity agreement with respect to any claim made against such
          Company, underwriter or any such controlling person unless the Company
          shall be notified, by letter or by facsimile confirmed by letter, of
          any action commenced against such persons, promptly after such person
          shall have been served with the summons or other legal process giving
          information as to the nature and basis of the claim.  The failure to
          so notify the Company, if prejudicial in any material respect to the
          Company's ability to defend such claim, shall relieve the Company from
          its liability to the indemnified person under this Section 4, but only
          to the extent that the Company was prejudiced.  The failure to so
          notify the Company shall not relieve the Company from any liability
          which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity
          agreement.  The Company shall be entitled to participate at its own
          expense in the defense of any suit brought to enforce any such claim,
          but if the Company elects to assume the defense, such defense shall be
          conducted by counsel chosen by it, provided such counsel is reasonably
          satisfactory to the Company or controlling persons, defendants in any
          suit so brought.  In the event the Company elects to assume the
          defense of any such suit and retain such counsel, the Company,
          underwriter or controlling persons, defendants in the suit, shall,
          after the date they are notified of such election, bear the fees and
          expenses of any counsel thereafter retained by them, as well as any
          other expenses thereafter incurred by them in connection with the
          defense thereof; provided, however, that if the Company, underwriter
          or controlling persons reasonably believe that there may be available
          to them any defense or counterclaim different than those available to
          the Company or that representation of such Company, underwriters or
          controlling persons by counsel for the Company presents a conflict of
          interest for such counsel, then such Company, underwriter and
          controlling person shall be entitled to defend such suit with counsel
          of their own choosing and the Company shall bear the fees, expenses
          and other costs of such separate counsel.


                                     11
<PAGE>

     4.9  Each Buyer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each
underwriter for the offering, (if any), and each of their officers and directors
and agents and each other person, if any, who controls the Company and
underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act against any
and all such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses as are
indemnified against by the Company under Section 4.6 above; provided, however,
that such indemnification by Buyer hereunder shall be limited to any losses,
liabilities, claims, damages, or expenses to the extent caused by any untrue
statement of a material fact or omission of a material fact (required to be
stated therein or necessary to make statements therein not misleading), if any
made (or in settlement of any litigation effected with the written consent of
such Company, alleged to have been made) in any preliminary prospectus, the
registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereof or
in any application or other document in reliance upon, and in conformity with,
written information furnished in respect of such Company by or on behalf of such
Company expressly for use in any preliminary prospectus, the registration
statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereof or in any such
application or other document or arising out of any action or inaction of such
Company in implementing such registered offering.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the indemnification obligation of each Buyer shall not exceed the
purchase price of the Notes paid by such Buyer.  In case any action shall be
brought against the Company, or any other person so indemnified, in respect of
which indemnity may be sought against any Company, such Company shall have the
rights and duties given to the Company, and each other person so indemnified
shall have the rights and duties given to the Buyer, by the provisions of
Section 4.6.  The person indemnified agrees to notify the Company promptly after
the assertion of any claim against the person indemnified in connection with the
sale of securities.

     4.10 If the indemnification provided for in Sections 4.8 and 4.9 above are
unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of
any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount
paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnified party, on one hand,
and such indemnifying party, on the other hand, in connection with the
statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof).  The relative fault shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state
a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnified party, on one
hand, or such indemnifying party, on the other hand, and the parties' relative
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent
such statement or omission.  No person who has committed fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of the Securities Act) shall be entitled
to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation.  The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a
result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect
thereof referred to above in this Section shall be deemed to include any legal
or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection
with investigating or defending any such action or claim.

5.   CLOSING DATE


                                     12
<PAGE>

     The Preferred Share certificate shall be delivered to Buyer and the funds
therefore shall be delivered to Company on or before May 22, 1998 (the "Closing
Date") or at such other time mutually agreed to by the parties.

6.   GOVERNING LAW; INTERPRETATION

     This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the
laws of the State of Delaware.  Facsimile signatures of this Agreement shall be
binding on all parties hereto.  

7.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT

     This Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto constitute
the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard
to the subjects hereof and thereof, and no party shall be liable or bound to any
other party in any manner by any warranties, representations or covenants except
as specifically set forth herein or therein.  Except as expressly provided
herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived,
discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument signed by the party
against whom enforcement of any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination
is sought.

8.   NOTICES; ETC.

     Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either
the Company or the Buyer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in
writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally or by facsimile,
with a hard copy to follow by two day courier addressed to the parties at the
addresses of the parties set forth at the end of this Agreement or such other
address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

9.   COUNTERPARTS

     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of 
which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such 
counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. 

10.  SEVERABILITY

     In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by
a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, enforceable or void, this
Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision,
provided that no such severability shall be effective if it materially changes
the economic benefit of this Agreement to any party.

11.  TITLES AND SUBTITLES

     The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience
only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.


                                     13
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement was duly executed on the date first
written above, as confirmed by signatory below.  Facsimile signatures of this
agreement shall be binding on all parties hereto.


                                      Official Signatory of Company:


                                      MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                      4290 East Brickell Street
                                      Ontario, California   91761


                                      By:________________________________
                                           Carmine T. Oliva
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer


                                      RANA GENERAL HOLDING, LTD.


                                      By:________________________________

                                      Number of Shares of 
                                      Series A Preferred:  50


<PAGE>

     THE OFFER AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES REFERRED TO IN THIS AGREEMENT (THE 
"OFFERING") HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 
1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND SUCH SHARES 
ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE SECURITIES 
REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND SUCH LAWS OFFERED 
BY SECTION 4(2) OF THE ACT.  ACCORDINGLY, THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE 
TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD WITHOUT REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION UNDER THE ACT 
AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH 
REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION UNDER THE ACT AND SUCH LAWS IS THEN AVAILABLE. 
THE OFFER AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES EFFECTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED 
OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE 
SECURITIES COMMISSION OR OTHER REGULATORY AUTHORITY, NOR HAVE ANY OF THE 
FOREGOING AUTHORITIES PASSED UPON OR ENDORSED THE MERITS OF THE OFFERING.


                               SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT 
                             MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                        CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK - SERIES A
_______________________________________________________________________________

THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (hereinafter the "Agreement") has been executed 
by the undersigned (collectively the "Buyer") in connection with the sale of 
certain Securities designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock 
(hereinafter the "Preferred Shares"), which are convertible into shares of 
common stock (hereinafter the "Conversion Shares") of MicroTel International, 
Inc. (the "Company").

1.   AGREEMENT TO SUBSCRIBE; PURCHASE PRICE

     1.1  Each Buyer hereby subscribes for the number of Preferred Shares set 
forth below on the signature page of this Agreement which Preferred Shares 
shall be convertible into Conversion Shares of the Company in accordance with 
the terms set forth in the Certificate of Designations, Rights and 
Preferences of Preferred Stock attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement (the 
"Conversion Shares"), at a purchase price of $10,000 per Preferred Share 
payable in United States Dollars.

     1.2  Buyer shall pay the purchase price by delivering same day funds in 
United States Dollars to the Company upon delivery of the Preferred Shares by 
the Company to Buyer.

<PAGE>

2.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

     2.1     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.  The Company 
represents and warrants that as of the date of this Agreement:

          (a)  EXISTENCE.  The Company is a corporation duly organized and in
     good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly qualified
     to do business and is in good standing in all states where such
     qualification is necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which the
     failure to qualify would not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse
     effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or
     business.

          (b)  AUTHORITY.  The execution and delivery by the Company of this
     Agreement and the Preferred Stock  (i) are within the Company's corporate
     powers; (ii) are duly authorized by the Company's board of directors; (iii)
     are not in contravention of the terms of the Company's certificate of
     incorporation or bylaws; (iv) are not in contravention of any law or laws;
     (v) except for the filing of a Form D Notice with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission and any exemption filing related thereto which may be
     required pursuant to applicable state securities or "blue sky" laws, do not
     require any governmental consent, registration or approval; (vi) do not
     contravene any contractual or governmental restriction binding upon the
     Company; and (vii) will not result in the imposition of any lien, charge,
     security interest or encumbrance upon any property of the Company under any
     existing indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement or
     other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or
     by which the Company or any of the Company's property may be bound or
     affected.

          (c)  BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement has been duly authorized,
     executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the valid and legally
     binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its
     terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of
     general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to
     general equity principles.

          (d)  CAPITALIZATION.  The authorized capital stock of the Company
     consists of 25,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.0033 per share,
     11,927,793 shares of which are issued and outstanding and 10,000,000 shares
     of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of which none are
     outstanding.  The shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the
     Preferred Stock (the "Conversion Shares") have been duly and validly
     authorized and reserved for issuance and, when issued and delivered in
     accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be duly and validly
     issued, fully paid and non-assessable.  

          (e)  SEC DOCUMENTS.  The Company has furnished each Buyer with a true
     and complete copy of the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
     ended December 31, 1997 and Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998
     (the "Disclosure Documents").  Except as disclosed in the Disclosure
     Documents, since December 31, 1997 the Company has not incurred any
     material liability except in the 


                                      2

<PAGE>

     ordinary course of its business consistent with past practice and there 
     has not been any change in the business, financial condition or results of
     operations of the Company which has had a material adverse effect on the 
     Company.  Since January 1, 1997, the Company has filed with the Securities 
     and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") all documents required to be filed 
     pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
     Act"), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  As of their 
     respective dates, the Disclosure Documents complied in all material 
     respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and 
     regulations of the SEC thereunder applicable to such Disclosure Documents,
     and the Disclosure Documents did not contain any untrue statement of a 
     material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated 
     therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the 
     circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  The financial 
     statements of the Company included in the Disclosure Documents (the 
     "Financial Statements") comply as to form in all material respects with 
     applicable accounting requirements and with the published rules and 
     regulations of the SEC with respect thereto.  The Financial Statements 
     are accurate, complete and have been prepared in accordance with the 
     books and records of the Company and in accordance with generally accepted
     accounting principles applied on a consistent basis during the periods 
     involved (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto and fairly 
     present (subject, in the case of the unaudited statements, to normal, 
     recurring audit adjustments that are not material) the consolidated 
     financial position of the Company as at the dates thereof and the 
     consolidated results of its operations and cash flows for the periods 
     then ended.  

          (f)  For a period of ninety (90) days commencing with the Effective
     Date of the Registration Statement, the Company covenants that it shall not
     issue any issued additional common stock or securities convertible into
     common stock or preferred stock unless such securities are issued at the
     then current Market Price.  If the Company desires to issue securities
     during such ninety (90) day period at less than current Market Price, then:

               (a)  the Buyer's conversion discount will be adjusted to equal
          the conversion discount given to the Buyer of such additional
          securities; and

               (b)  the restrictions contained in Section 2.2(c) hereof shall be
          lifted upon the issuance of such additional securities.

          For purposes of this Section(e), the Market Price means the average 
closing sale price for the ten trading days immediately preceding the date of 
issuance.  

          Notwithstanding the above, the Company shall not be precluded from
issuing (i) Common Stock issued pursuant to Rule 144, provided the holder
thereof holds such Common Stock for at least one year from the date of issuance;
or (ii) the issuance of securities (other than for cash) in connection with a
merger, consolidation, sale of assets, disposition or the exchange of the
capital stock for assets, stock or other joint venture interests; provided, such
securities would not be included in the Registration Statement relating to the
Shares and a registration 


                                      3

<PAGE>

statement in respect of such stock shall not be filed prior to sixty (60) 
days after the Effective Date of the Registration Statement.

          (g)  LITIGATION.  Except as set forth in the Disclosure Documents,
     there is neither pending nor, to the Company's knowledge and belief,
     threatened any action, suit, proceeding or claim, or any basis therefor, to
     which the Company is or may be named as a party or its property is or may
     be subject or which calls into question any of the transactions
     contemplated by this Agreement.

          (h)  SECURITIES MATTERS.  Subject to the accuracy of the
     representations of the Buyers set forth in Section 2.2 hereof, the offer,
     sale and issuance of the Preferred Stock and the Conversion Shares as
     contemplated by this Agreement are exempt from the registration
     requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 as amended (the "Securities
     Act").  The Company has complied and will comply with all applicable state
     "blue sky" or securities laws in connection with the offer, sale and
     issuance of the Preferred Stock and the Conversion Shares as contemplated
     by this Agreement.

          (i)  CERTIFICATES.  The Company will issue one or more Certificates
     representing the Preferred Shares in the name of Buyer with the following
     restrictive legend set forth below (the "Restrictive Legend") in such
     denominations to be specified by the Buyer:

          "The Securities represented by this Certificate have not
          been registered under the United States Securities Act of
          1933 (the "Act") and may not be sold, transferred, pledged
          or otherwise hypothecated unless (a) they are covered by a
          registration statement or a post-effective amendment thereto
          under the Act,  or (b) in the opinion of counsel for Buyer,
          which opinion shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company,
          such sale, transfer, pledge or hypothecation is otherwise
          exempt from the provisions of Section 5 of the Act."

          (j)  CONVERSION.  Within two full business days of receipt by the
     Company of a properly executed request for conversion in the form annexed
     as Exhibit B hereto accompanied by the Preferred Shares to be converted,
     the Company will deliver to its transfer agent its directive and
     authorization to execute the conversion and to issue to Buyer the common
     stock shares so authorized.  

          The Company acknowledges that a delay in issuance of its authorization
     and directive for the conversion could result in economic loss to the
     Buyer.  Therefore, as compensation to the Buyer for such loss, in the event
     that the Company fails to deliver said authorization and directive within
     two full business days, the Company agrees to pay liquidated damages to the
     Buyer for late issuance of said authorization and directive in the amount
     of $500 per day for each day of delay after three days.  Nothing herein
     shall create a liability to the Company for actions or delays of the
     transfer agent once the authorization and directive have been delivered to
     it by the Company.  Any liquidated 


                                      4

<PAGE>

     damages due Buyer will be paid within five (5) days of demand therefore.

          (k)  ISSUANCE OF SHARES.  Upon conversion of the Preferred Shares, the
     Company will issue one or more certificates representing the Conversion
     Shares in the name of the Buyer without restrictive legend, except as may
     otherwise be required by applicable law, rule or regulation, and in DTC
     eligible form, in such denominations to be specified by the Buyer prior to
     conversion provided Buyer represents to the Company that resale of the
     Conversion Shares will be made only in compliance with applicable
     securities laws.  Company further warrants that no instructions other than
     these instructions, and instructions for a "stop transfer" for any sale of
     Conversion Shares in excess of those permitted to be sold under Section
     2.2(c), have been given to the transfer agent and also warrants that the
     Conversion Shares shall otherwise be freely transferable on the books and
     records of the Company subject to compliance with Federal and State
     securities laws. 

          (l)  The Company may be limited in the number of shares of Common
     Stock it may issue by NASDAQ Rule 4310(c)(25)(H)(i)(a)(2) (the "Cap
     Regulations").  The Company agrees that (i) the Company will take all steps
     reasonably necessary to be in a position to issue shares of Common Stock on
     conversion of the Preferred Stock and/or exercise of the Warrants without
     violating the Cap Regulations and (ii) if, despite taking such steps, the
     Company still cannot issue such shares of Common Stock without violating
     the Cap Regulations, the Buyer, to the extent it holds Preferred Stock and
     Warrants which cannot be converted as a result of the Cap Regulations (each
     such share, an "Unconverted Preferred Stock") shall have the option,
     exercisable in Buyer's sole and absolute discretion, to elect either of the
     following remedies:

               (x)  require the Company to issue shares of Common Stock in
          accordance with Buyer's notice of conversion at a conversion purchase
          price equal to the average of the closing bid price per share of
          Common Stock for the five (5) consecutive trading days (subject to
          certain equitable adjustments for certain events occurring during such
          period) preceding the date of notice of conversion; or 

               (y)  require the Company to redeem each Unconverted Preferred
          Stock for an amount in cash (the "Redemption Amount") equal to:

               V              x              M
               C

               "V" means the stated value of the Unconverted Preferred Stock
          plus any accrued but unpaid interest thereof;

               "C" means the conversion price in effect on the date of
          redemption (the "Redemption Date") specified in the notice from the
          Buyer; and 


                                      5

<PAGE>

               "M" means the highest closing bid price per share of the Common
          Stock during the period beginning on the Redemption Date and ending on
          the date of payment of the Redemption Amount.

     2.2     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER.  Each Buyer 
represents and warrants that as of the date of the execution of this 
Agreement:

          (a)  AUTHORIZATION.  This Agreement constitutes a valid and legally
     binding obligation of such Buyer.

          (b)  INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS.  Except as provided in the
     registration provisions hereof: 

               (i)   The Buyer has received and reviewed the Company's
          Disclosure Documents and the Buyer or the Buyer's designated
          representatives have concluded a satisfactory due diligence
          investigation of the Company and have had an opportunity to have all
          their questions regarding the Company satisfactorily answered.

               (ii)  The Buyer acknowledges that the Preferred Stock and the
          Conversion Shares are speculative and involve a high degree of risk
          and the Buyer represents that it is able to sustain the loss of the
          entire amount of its investment.

               (iii) The Buyer (or its members and/or officers) has
          previously invested in unregistered securities and has sufficient
          financial and investing expertise to evaluate and understand the risks
          of the Preferred Stock and the Conversion Shares.

               (iv)  The Buyer has received from the Company, and is relying
          on, no representations (except as set forth in this Agreement) or
          projections with respect to the Company's business and prospects.

               (v)   The Buyer is an "accredited investor" within the
          meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

               (vi)  The Buyer is acquiring the Preferred Stock and the
          Conversion Shares for investment purposes only without intent to
          distribute the same, and acknowledges that the Preferred Stock and the
          Conversion Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act
          and applicable state securities laws, and accordingly, constitute
          "restricted securities" for purposes of the Securities Act and such
          state securities laws.


                                      6

<PAGE>

               (vii)  The Buyer acknowledges that it will not be able to
          transfer the Preferred Stock and the Conversion Shares except upon
          compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act
          and applicable state securities laws or exemptions therefrom.

               (viii) The certificates and/or instruments evidencing the
          Preferred Stock and the Conversion Shares will contain a legend to the
          foregoing effect.

          (c)  LOCK-UP.  The Buyer will not transfer any Preferred Shares or
     Conversion Shares until the earlier of (i) ninety (90) days after the date
     of the Closing or (ii) the Effective Date of the Registration Statement to
     be filed pursuant to Section 4 hereof (the earlier of (i) or (ii), the
     "Conversion Start Date").  No more than 20% of the aggregate number of
     Series A Preferred Shares originally purchased and owned by the Buyer may
     be converted in any thirty (30) day period, on a cumulative basis, after
     the Conversion Start Date.  Further, the Buyer will not, after conversion,
     sell more than 20% of the Conversion Shares owned by it in any thirty day
     period, on a cumulative basis, commencing with the Conversion Start Date.

3.   CLOSING

     3.1  The Buyer understands that the Company's obligation to sell the 
Preferred Shares is conditioned upon delivery by the Buyer to the Company of 
the purchase price set forth in Section 1 herein.

     3.2  The Company understands that Buyer's obligation to purchase the 
Preferred Shares is conditioned upon delivery of certificate(s) representing 
the Preferred Shares as described herein, and provision of an opinion of 
counsel as provided in Subsection D (ii) herein below.

     3.3  For this transaction to close, the Buyer must:

               (i)  Wire funds to the Pacific Continental Securities
          Corporation, as Escrow Agent (the "Escrow Agent"), in the amount of
          One Million U.S. dollars ($1,000,000) (the "Purchase Price") no later
          than 72 hours after receipt by the Company of the Subscription
          Agreement executed by the Buyer and the Company.  Wire transfer
          instructions for the Escrow Agent are annexed as Exhibit C hereto.

               (ii) Deliver a signed Subscription Agreement.

     3.4  For this transaction to close, the Company must:

               (i)  Deliver to the Buyer Certificate(s) for the Preferred
          Shares. 

               (ii) Deliver to the Buyer the Company's Certificate of
          Designation set 


                                      7

<PAGE>

          forth in Exhibit A hereto.

               (iii) Deliver to the Buyer an opinion letter from the
          Company's counsel in substantially the form annexed as Exhibit
          3.4(iii) hereto; and 

               (iv)  Deliver to the Buyer a signed Subscription Agreement
          which shall be signed after execution of such Subscription Agreement
          by Buyer; and

               (v)   Deliver to the Buyer executed warrants to purchase
          common stock of the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D
          (the "Warrants").

     3.5  Upon confirmation by Buyer that it has received each of the items 
set forth in 3.4(i)-(v), and by the Company that it has received a signed 
Subscription Agreement, Escrow Agent shall, after deducting any amounts due 
to it from the Company, release the balance of the purchase price to the 
Company or as directed by the Company.

     E.   Pacific Continental Securities Corporation shall serve as agent (the
     "Agent") in the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.  Agent's fee is
     solely the responsibility of the Company and Company expressly agrees to
     pay Agent said fee as such is agreed upon between the Company and the
     Agent.  Neither the Company nor the Agent has any recourse of any kind
     whatsoever against the Buyer for any monies owed the Agent by the Company
     or for any monies paid by the Company to the Agent.  Company expressly
     indemnifies Buyer against any monies owed the Agent.

4.   REGISTRATION OF CONVERSION SHARES

     4.1  The Company shall prepare and file with the SEC a registration 
statement as soon as practical, which registration statement shall include 
the Conversion Shares and shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the 
Warrants ("Warrant Shares") and shall thereafter use its best efforts to have 
such registration statement declared effective the earlier of (i) five (5) 
days after the SEC indicates the Registration Statement may be declared 
effective or (ii) ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (the "Target Date") 
and remain effective until the earlier of the date on which all the 
Conversion Shares are sold or two years after the Closing Date (the 
"Effective Period").  The Company shall prepare and file with the SEC such 
amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus 
used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration 
statement effective throughout the Effective Period and to comply with the 
provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale or other 
disposition of the Conversion Shares or Warrant Shares covered by such 
registration statement whenever the Buyer shall desire to sell or otherwise 
dispose of the same.

     4.2  If a registration statement covering all Shares is not effective by 
the Target Date, the Company shall pay to the Buyers as liquidated damages an 
aggregate amount equal to one percent (1%) of the total purchase price of the 
Preferred Stock for each thirty (30) day period following the Target Date 
until such time as the registration statement is declared effective.  The 
payment set forth above shall be pro-rated daily as to any period of less 
than thirty (30) days.  Such payment shall be made to each Buyer by cashier's 
check or wire transfer in immediately 


                                      8

<PAGE>

available funds to such account as shall be designated in writing by the 
Buyer and shall be paid irrespective of the amount of Preferred Stock, 
Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares held by Buyer on the Target Date and 
thereafter.  After the expiration of the first thirty (30) day period, the 
Company shall pay to the Buyer as liquidated damages 2% of the total purchase 
price of the Preferred Stock for each additional thirty (30) day period until 
such time as the Registration Statement is declared effective, which shall be 
pro-rated daily for any period of less than thirty (30) days. 

     4.3  Any amount payable pursuant to the foregoing provisions shall be 
delivered on or before the fifth (5th) day following the end of the calendar 
month in which such payment or delivery obligation arose.

     4.4  The Company shall file a request for acceleration of effectiveness 
of the registration statement within five days after it has received a no 
review/no further comment determination from the SEC.

     4.5  The Registration Statement shall include only the common stock to 
be issued to the Buyer and other purchasers of the Preferred Shares (except 
such Registration Statement may include additional shares of common stock not 
to exceed 100,000 in the aggregate).

     4.6  It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Company 
to register any Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares pursuant to this Section 
4 that Buyer shall furnish to the Company such information regarding the 
Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares held and the intended method of 
disposition thereof and other information concerning the Buyer as the Company 
shall reasonably request and as shall be required in connection with the 
registration statement to be filed by the Company.  If after a registration 
statement becomes effective the Company advises the Buyer that the Company 
considers it appropriate to amend or supplement the applicable registration 
statement, the Buyer shall suspend further sales of the Conversion Shares and 
Warrant Shares until the Company advises the Buyer that such registration 
statement has been amended or supplemented. 

     4.7  Whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Section 
4 to effect the registration of the Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares 
under the Securities Act, the Company shall:

               (i)   Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement
          with respect to such securities and use its best efforts to cause such
          registration statement to become and remain effective;

               (ii)  Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments to such
          registration statement and supplements to the prospectus contained
          therein as may be necessary to keep such registration statement
          effective;

               (iii) Furnish to the Buyer and to the underwriters (if any)
          of the securities being registered such reasonable number of copies of
          the registration 


                                      9

<PAGE>

          statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus and such other 
          documents as the Buyer may reasonably request in order to facilitate 
          the public offering of such securities;

               (iv)  Use its best efforts to register or qualify the
          securities covered by such registration statement under such state
          securities or Blue Sky Laws of such jurisdictions as the Buyer may
          reasonably request within twenty (20) days following the original
          filing of such registration statement, except that the Company shall
          not for any purpose be required to execute a general consent to
          service of process or to qualify to do business as a foreign
          corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so qualified;

               (v)   Notify the Buyer, promptly after it shall receive
          notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has
          become effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of
          such registration statement has been filed;

               (vi)  Notify the Buyer promptly of any request by the SEC for
          the amending or supplementing of such registration statement or
          prospectus or for additional information; and

               (vii) Prepare and promptly file with the SEC and promptly
          notify the Buyer of the filing of such amendment or supplement to such
          registration statement or prospectus as may be necessary to correct
          any statements or omissions if, at the time when a prospectus relating
          to such securities is required to be delivered under the Securities
          Act, any event shall have occurred as the result of which any such
          prospectus or any other prospectus as then in effect would include an
          untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
          necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
          circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.  

     4.8  With respect to the inclusion of the Conversion Shares and Warrant 
Shares in a registration statement pursuant to this Section 4, all 
registration expenses, fees, costs and expenses of and incidental to such 
registration, inclusion and public offering in connection therewith shall be 
borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Buyer shall bear its own 
professional fees and pro rata share of the underwriting discount and 
commissions, if any.  The fees, costs and expenses of registration to be 
borne by the Company shall include, without limitation, all registration, 
filing, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel and accountants 
for the Company, fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriter or 
underwriters of such securities (if any and if the Company and/or selling 
security holders are required to bear such fees and disbursements), and all 
legal fees and disbursements and other expenses of complying with state 
securities or Blue Sky Laws of any jurisdiction in which the securities to be 
offered are to be registered or qualified.

     4.9  Subject to the conditions set forth below, in connection with any 
registration of the Shares pursuant to this Section 4, the Company agrees to 
indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer, any underwriter for the Company or 
acting on behalf of the Buyer and each person, if any, 


                                      10

<PAGE>

who controls the Buyer, within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities 
Act, as follows:


                                      11

<PAGE>


               (i)   Against any and all loss, claim, damage and expense
          whatsoever arising out of or based upon (including, but not limited
          to, any and all expense whatsoever reasonably incurred in
          investigating, preparing or defending any litigation, commenced or
          threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon) any untrue or alleged
          untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary
          prospectus (if used prior to the effective date of the registration
          statement), the registration statement or the prospectus (as from time
          to time amended and supplemented), or in any application or other
          document executed by the Company or based upon written information
          furnished by the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify
          the Company's securities under the securities laws thereof, or the
          omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to
          be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
          misleading, or any other violation of applicable federal or state
          statutory or regulatory requirements or limitations relating to action
          or inaction by the Company in the course of preparing, filing, or
          implementing such registered offering; provided, however, that the
          indemnity agreement contained in this section shall not apply to any
          loss, claim, damage, liability or action arising out of or based upon
          any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance
          upon and in conformity with any information furnished in writing to
          the Company by or on behalf of the Buyer expressly for use in
          connection therewith or arising out of any action or inaction of the
          Buyer;

               (ii)  Subject to the proviso contained in Subsection (i)
          above, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense
          whatsoever to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of
          any litigation, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever
          based upon any untrue statement or omission (including, but not
          limited to, any and all expense whatsoever reasonably incurred in
          investigating, preparing or defending against any such litigation or
          claim) if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the
          Company; and

               (iii) In no case shall the Company be liable under this
          indemnity agreement with respect to any claim made against such
          Company, underwriter or any such controlling person unless the Company
          shall be notified, by letter or by facsimile confirmed by letter, of
          any action commenced against such persons, promptly after such person
          shall have been served with the summons or other legal process giving
          information as to the nature and basis of the claim.  The failure to
          so notify the Company, if prejudicial in any material respect to the
          Company's ability to defend such claim, shall relieve the Company from
          its liability to the indemnified person under this Section 4, but only
          to the extent that the Company was prejudiced.  The failure to so
          notify the Company shall not relieve the Company from any liability
          which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity
          agreement.  The Company shall be entitled to participate at its own
          expense in the defense of any suit brought to enforce any such claim,
          but if the Company elects to assume the defense, such defense shall be


                                      12

<PAGE>

          conducted by counsel chosen by it, provided such counsel is reasonably
          satisfactory to the Company or controlling persons, defendants in any
          suit so brought.  In the event the Company elects to assume the
          defense of any such suit and retain such counsel, the Company,
          underwriter or controlling persons, defendants in the suit, shall,
          after the date they are notified of such election, bear the fees and
          expenses of any counsel thereafter retained by them, as well as any
          other expenses thereafter incurred by them in connection with the
          defense thereof; provided, however, that if the Company, underwriter
          or controlling persons reasonably believe that there may be available
          to them any defense or counterclaim different than those available to
          the Company or that representation of such Company, underwriters or
          controlling persons by counsel for the Company presents a conflict of
          interest for such counsel, then such Company, underwriter and
          controlling person shall be entitled to defend such suit with counsel
          of their own choosing and the Company shall bear the fees, expenses
          and other costs of such separate counsel.

     4.10 Each Buyer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each 
underwriter for the offering, (if any), and each of their officers and 
directors and agents and each other person, if any, who controls the Company 
and underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act 
against any and all such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses as 
are indemnified against by the Company under Section 4.6 above; provided, 
however, that such indemnification by Buyer hereunder shall be limited to any 
losses, liabilities, claims, damages, or expenses to the extent caused by any 
untrue statement of a material fact or omission of a material fact (required 
to be stated therein or necessary to make statements therein not misleading), 
if any made (or in settlement of any litigation effected with the written 
consent of such Company, alleged to have been made) in any preliminary 
prospectus, the registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or 
supplement thereof or in any application or other document in reliance upon, 
and in conformity with, written information furnished in respect of such 
Company by or on behalf of such Company expressly for use in any preliminary 
prospectus, the registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or 
supplement thereof or in any such application or other document or arising 
out of any action or inaction of such Company in implementing such registered 
offering.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnification obligation of 
each Buyer shall not exceed the purchase price of the Notes paid by such 
Buyer.  In case any action shall be brought against the Company, or any other 
person so indemnified, in respect of which indemnity may be sought against 
any Company, such Company shall have the rights and duties given to the 
Company, and each other person so indemnified shall have the rights and 
duties given to the Buyer, by the provisions of Section 4.6.  The person 
indemnified agrees to notify the Company promptly after the assertion of any 
claim against the person indemnified in connection with the sale of 
securities.

     4.11 If the indemnification provided for in Sections 4.8 and 4.9 above 
are unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in 
respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect 
thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute 
to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such 
losses, 


                                      13

<PAGE>

claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such 
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnified 
party, on one hand, and such indemnifying party, on the other hand, in 
connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, 
claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof).  The 
relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, 
whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the 
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information 
supplied by the indemnified party, on one hand, or such indemnifying party, 
on the other hand, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to 
information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. 
No person who has committed fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning 
of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who 
was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The amount paid or 
payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or 
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof referred to above in this Section 
shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by 
such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such 
action or claim.

5.   CLOSING DATE

     The Preferred Share certificate shall be delivered to Buyer and the 
funds therefore shall be delivered to Company on or before June 12, 1998 (the 
"Closing Date") or at such other time mutually agreed to by the parties.

6.   GOVERNING LAW; INTERPRETATION

     This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with 
the laws of the State of Delaware.  The Company and the Buyer hereby 
irrevocably consent to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and 
federal courts of the State of Delaware and agree that any action or 
proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be brought in 
the state or federal courts located in Delaware.  The Company and the Buyer 
waive any defense of forum nonconveniens and any other objections or defenses 
which the Buyer or Company may have to venue in connection with any such 
action or proceeding.  The Company and the Buyer hereby waive any right to 
trial by jury in such proceeding. 
 
7.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT

     This Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto 
constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the 
parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof, and no party shall be 
liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any warranties, 
representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or 
therein.  Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any 
term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a 
written instrument signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such 
amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

8.   NOTICES; ETC.

     Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by 
either the Company 


                                      14

<PAGE>

or the Buyer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and 
shall be deemed given when delivered personally or by facsimile, with a hard 
copy to follow by two day courier addressed to the parties at the addresses 
of the parties set forth at the end of this Agreement or such other address 
as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

9.   COUNTERPARTS

     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of 
which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such 
counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. 

10.  SEVERABILITY

     In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared 
by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, enforceable or void, this 
Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision, 
provided that no such severability shall be effective if it materially 
changes the economic benefit of this Agreement to any party.

11.  TITLES AND SUBTITLES

     The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience 
only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this 
Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement was duly executed on the date first 
written above, as confirmed by signatory below.  Facsimile signatures of this 
agreement shall be binding on all parties hereto.


                                   Official Signatory of Company:

                                   MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                   4290 East Brickell Street
                                   Ontario, California   91761


                                   By:
                                      -----------------------------------
                                        Carmine T. Oliva
                                        President and Chief Executive Officer

                                   RESONACE LTD.


                                   By:                                     
                                      -----------------------------------
                                   Number of Shares of 
                                   Series A Preferred:  100


                                      15


<PAGE>

THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ("WARRANTS") AND THE UNDERLYING
WARRANT SHARES ("WARRANT SHARES") HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT").  THE WARRANTS MAY NOT BE
EXERCISED OFFERED OR SOLD UNLESS, IN EACH CASE, THE WARRANTS AND WARRANT SHARES
HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH
REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE, AS EVIDENCED BY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY
SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY.

THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD, PLEDGED,
HYPOTHECATED AND ENCUMBERED NOT EXCEPT PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS CONTAINED
HEREIN.


                          WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

     MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") hereby
grants to __________________________ (the "Holder") _________________________
(___________) transferable warrants (the "Warrants") for the purchase of common
stock of the Company (the "Common Stock"), with each whole Warrant entitling 
the Holder to purchase one share of Common Stock (each a "Warrant Share" and 
collectively the "Warrant Shares") on the terms and subject to the conditions 
set forth herein.

     1.   TERM.  The Warrants may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time
and from time to time from the date hereof until 5:00 Pacific Time on May 22,
2001 (the "Exercise Period").

     2.   EXERCISE PRICE.  The initial exercise price of each whole Warrant
shall be $1.25 per share (the "Exercise Price").  The Exercise Price shall be
subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9.

     3.   EXERCISE OF WARRANTS.  The Warrants are exercisable on the terms 
provided herein at any time during the Exercise Period by the surrender of 
this certificate to the Company at its principal office together with the 
Notice of Exercise annexed hereto duly completed and executed on behalf of 
the Holder, accompanied by payment in full, in immediately available funds, 
of the amount of the aggregate Exercise Price of the Warrant Shares being 
purchased upon such exercise.  The Holder shall be deemed the record owner of 
such Warrant Shares as of and from the close of business on the date on which 
this certificate is surrendered together with the completed Notice of 
Exercise and payment in full as required above (the "Exercise Date").  The 
Company agrees that the Warrant Shares so purchased shall be issued as soon 
as practicable thereafter.  It shall be a condition to the exercise of the 
Warrants that the Holder or any transferee hereof provide an opinion of 
counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company that the Warrants and the 
Warrant Shares to be delivered upon exercise thereof have been registered 
under the Securities Act or that an exemption from the registration 
requirements of the Securities Act is available.  

<PAGE>

     4.   FRACTIONAL INTEREST.  In lieu of issuing fractional shares of 
Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrants, the Company may pay the Holder a 
cash amount determined by multiplying the fraction of a share otherwise 
issuable by the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock.  For this 
purpose, "Fair Market Value" means the average closing sale price for the ten 
trading days immediately preceding the Exercise Date or, if there is no 
last-sale reporting for the Common Stock at such time, then the value as 
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

     5.   WARRANTS CONFER NO RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDER.  The Holder shall not 
have any rights as a stockholder of the Company with regard to the Warrant 
Shares prior to the Exercise Date for any actual purchase of Warrant Shares.

     6.   INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION.  Neither the Warrants nor the Warrants 
Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants have been registered under 
the Securities Act or any state securities laws.  The Holder acknowledges by 
signing this certificate that, as of the date of this Warrant and at the time 
of exercise that: (a) the Holder has acquired the Warrant or the  Warrant 
Shares, as the case may be, for the Holder's own account; (b) the Holder has 
acquired the Warrants or the Warrant Shares, as the case may be, for 
investment and not with a view to distribution; and (c) either the Holder has 
a pre-existing personal or business relationship with the Company or its 
executive officers, or by reason of the Holder's business or financial 
experience the Holder has the capacity to protect the Holder's own interests 
in connection with the transaction.  The Holder agrees, by acceptance of this 
certificate, that any Warrant Shares purchased upon exercise of the Warrants 
may have to be held indefinitely, until registered and qualified for resale 
pursuant to Section 7, or until an exemption from registration is available, 
as evidenced by an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company. 
The Holder, by acceptance of this certificate, consents to the placement of a 
restrictive legend (the "Legend") on the certificates representing any 
Warrant Shares that are purchased upon exercise of the Warrants during the 
applicable restricted period under Rule 144 or any other applicable 
restricted period under the Securities Act.  The Legend shall be in 
substantially the following form:

     THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
     REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.  SUCH SHARES
     HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED,
     PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION
     STATEMENT FOR SUCH SHARES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
     AMENDED, UNLESS IN THE WRITTEN LEGAL OPINION (APPROVED BY THE COMPANY)
     OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT
     REQUIRED.


<PAGE>

     7.   REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  The shares of Common Stock underlying the 
Warrants shall be accorded the same registration rights as the Conversion 
Shares issuable pursuant to the Subscription Agreement for Series A 
Convertible Preferred Stock executed by the Company and the Holder dated of 
even date herewith.

     8.   RESERVATION OF SHARES.  The Company agrees that, at all times 
during the Exercise Period, the Company will have authorized and reserved, 
for the exclusive purpose of issuance and delivery upon exercise of the 
Warrants, a sufficient number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for 
the issuance of the Warrant Shares.

     9.   ADJUSTMENT FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STOCK.  If the Company at any 
time during the Exercise Period shall, by subdivision, combination or 
reclassification of securities, change any of the securities into which the 
Warrants are exercisable into the same or a different number of securities of 
any class or classes, the Warrants shall thereafter entitle the Holder to 
acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as a 
result of such change with respect to the Warrant Shares if the Warrant 
Shares had been outstanding immediately prior to such subdivision, 
combination, or reclassification.  If shares of the Company's Common Stock 
are subdivided into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Exercise 
Price for the Warrant Shares upon exercise of the Warrants shall be 
proportionately reduced and the number of Warrant Shares shall be 
proportionately increased; and conversely, if shares of the Company's Common 
Stock are combined into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock, the 
Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased, and the number of Warrant 
Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

     10.  LOSS, THEFT, DESTRUCTION OR MUTILATION OF CERTIFICATE.  Upon 
receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, 
theft, destruction or mutilation of any certificate representing the Warrants 
or the Warrant Shares (referred to herein as the "original certificate"), and 
in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably 
satisfactory to the Company, and upon reimbursement to the Company of all 
reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender and cancellation 
of the original certificate if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a 
new certificate of like tenor in lieu of the original certificate.

     11.  ASSIGNMENT.  The Warrants may be transferred subject to the 
provisions of Section 6.

     12.  GENERAL.  This certificate shall be governed by and construed in 
accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts 
between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within 
the State of California.  The headings herein are for purposes of convenience 
and reference only and shall not be used to construe or interpret the terms 
of this certificate.  The terms of this certificate may be amended, waived, 
discharged or terminated only by a written instrument signed by both the 
Company and the Holder.  All notices and other communications from the 
Company to the Holder shall be mailed by first-class registered or certified 
mail, postage pre-paid, to the address furnished to the Company in writing by 
the last Holder who shall have furnished an address to the Company in writing.

<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement on May 
__ , 1998.

                                     MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.



Dated:_____________                 By:__________________________________
                                             (Authorized Signature)



                                       ___________________________________
                                               (Name and Title)


                                    HOLDER


Dated:_____________                 By:__________________________________
                                         (Authorized Signature)


                                        _________________________________
                                          (Name and Title)

<PAGE>

                                  NOTICE OF EXERCISE

To:   MicroTel International, Inc. (the "Company")

      1.   The undersigned hereby elects to exercise a total of ___________
Warrants for the purchase of a like number of Warrant Shares, and tenders
herewith payment of the Exercise Price for such shares in full.

      2.   In exercising the Warrants, the undersigned hereby confirms and 
acknowledges that: (a) the Warrant Shares are being acquired solely for the 
account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to or for sale 
in connection with any distribution; (b) the undersigned has a pre-existing 
personal or business relationship with the Company or its executive officers, 
or by reason of the undersigned's business or financial experience the 
undersigned has the capacity to protect the undersigned's own interests in 
connection with the exercise of the Warrants; and (c) the undersigned will 
not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Warrant Shares unless the 
Warrant Shares have been registered under the Securities Act or an exemption 
from such registration is available, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel 
reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

      3.   The undersigned hereby certifies that the undersigned has 
delivered to the Company an opinion of counsel to the effect that the 
Warrants and the Warrant Shares have been registered under the Securities Act 
or an exemption from such registration is available.

      4.   Please issue a certificate representing the Warrant Shares in the 
name of the Holder and deliver the certificate to the address set forth below.

      5.   Please issue a new certificate representing the unexercised 
portion (if any) of the Warrants in the name of the Holder and deliver the 
certificate to the address set forth below.

Dated: _____________               _________________________________
                                   (Name)

                                   _________________________________
                                   (Authorized Signature)


                                   Address for Delivery:
                              
                                   _________________________________
                                   
                                   _________________________________

                                   _________________________________

                                   _________________________________


<PAGE>

  
                  AMENDED CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES
                            AND RIGHTS OF PREFERRED STOCK 
                           OF MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL INC.,
                               A DELAWARE CORPORATION 

     The undersigned, Carmine T. Oliva, hereby certifies that:

     A.   He is the duly elected and acting President of MicroTel 
International Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation").

     B.   Pursuant to authority given by the corporation's Certificate of 
Incorporation, and in accordance with the provisions of Section 151 of the 
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors of 
the Corporation seeks to provide the Shareholders of  misstatements  has duly 
adopted the following amended and restated recitals and resolutions:

     WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation provides 
for two classes of shares known as Common Stock and Preferred Stock;

     WHEREAS, on May 19, 1998, the Board of Directors adopted a Certificate 
of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Preferred Stock of 
MicroTel International Inc. (the "Certificate of Designation"), which was 
filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 20, 1998; 
and

     WHEREAS, certain purchasers of the Corporation's Series A Preferred 
Stock have requested the Corporation to clarify certain provisions of the 
Series A Certificate, and to provide certain protections to the Shareholders 
of Series A Preferred Stock of the Corporation (the "Series A Shareholders"); 
and

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Corporation desires to clarify 
the Certificate of Designation and to provide the Series A Shareholders with 
certain protections; 

     NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors deems it 
advisable to adopt, and hereby does adopt, the Corporation's Amended 
Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Preferred 
Stock of MicroTel International Inc., a Delaware corporation as follows:

     A.   DESIGNATION.  One series of Preferred Stock, designated Series A 
Preferred Stock, is hereby provided for, which shares shall have the rights, 
privileges and preferences set forth below.

     B.   AUTHORIZED NUMBER.  The number of shares constituting the Series A 
Preferred Stock shall be 200, par value .01 per share.

     C.   DIVIDEND PROVISIONS.  The holders of shares of Series A Preferred 
Stock shall not be entitled to receive dividends. 


                                     

<PAGE>

     D.   LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE.

          (a)   In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of 
the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of shares of 
Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in 
preference to any distribution of any of the assets of this corporation to 
the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership, an amount per 
share equal to $10,000 (the "Stated Value") for each outstanding share of 
Series A Preferred Stock.  If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets 
and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock 
shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full 
aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the 
corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably 
among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock on a share-by-share basis 
in proportion to the aggregate preferential amounts of each such series of 
Preferred Stock.

          (b)   A consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any 
other corporation or corporations, or a sale, conveyance or disposition of 
all or substantially all of the assets of this corporation or the 
effectuation by the Corporation of a transaction or series of related 
transactions in which more than 50% of the voting power of the Corporation is 
disposed of, shall not be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding 
up within the meaning of this Section D but shall instead be treated pursuant 
to Section E hereto.

     E.   CONVERSION.  The holders of the Series A Preferred Shares shall 
have conversion rights as follows (the "Conversion Rights"):

          (1)   CONVERSION RIGHTS.

                (i)   All Series A Preferred Share shall be convertible, at 
the option of the holders of such shares, at any time after the ninetieth 
(90th) day of issuance of such shares, at the office of the Corporation or 
any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Shares, into the number of 
fully paid and nonassessable unrestricted and nonlegended Common Shares of 
the Corporation at the conversion price per Series A Preferred Share equal to 
$10,000 divided by the lesser of (x) $1.25 and (y) One Hundred Percent (100%) 
of the arithmetic average of the three lowest closing bid prices (not 
necessarily consecutive) over the forty (40) trading days prior to the 
exercise date of any such conversion. 

                (ii)  In the event of a call for redemption of any Series A 
Preferred Shares pursuant to Section F hereof, each holder of any Series A 
Preferred Shares shall have the right to exercise the conversion rights set 
forth in this Section E and the right to convert each share shall cease as to 
the shares designated for redemption as of the close of business on the 
business day immediately prior to the redemption date, unless default is made 
in payment of the redemption price.  If the Corporation has received a notice 
of conversion with respect to any Series A Preferred Shares the Corporation 
may not redeem such Series A Preferred Shares provided the Series A Preferred 
Shares are delivered for conversion as set forth in Section E(2).

          (2)   MECHANICS OF CONVERSION.  

                (i)   No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued 
upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares.  In lieu of any fractional 
share to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall 
round up to the nearest whole share.  In the case of a dispute as to the 
calculation of the Conversion Rate, the Corporation's calculation shall be 
deemed conclusive absent manifest error.  In order to convert Series A 
Preferred Shares into full shares of Common Stock, the holder shall surrender 
the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, by either overnight 
courier or 2-day courier, to the office of the Corporation for the Series A 
Preferred Shares, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such 
office that the holder elects to convert the same, the number of shares of 
Series A Preferred Shares so converted and a calculation of the Conversion 
Rate (with an advance copy of the certificate(s) and the notice by 
facsimile); provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated  
to deliver certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon 
such conversion unless certificates evidencing such Series A Preferred Shares 
are delivered to the Corporation as provided above, or the holder notifies 
the Corporation that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed 
and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the 
Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such 

                                     

<PAGE>


certificates.

                (ii)  The Corporation shall use reasonable efforts to cause 
to be issued and delivered within two (2) business days after delivery to the 
Corporation of such Series A Preferred Shares, or after such agreement and 
indemnification, to such holder of Series A Preferred Shares at the address 
of the holder on the stock books of the Corporation, a certificate or 
certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which he shall be 
entitled as aforesaid.  The date on which notice of conversion is given (the 
"Date of Conversion") shall be deemed to be the date set forth in such notice 
of conversion provided the original Series A Preferred Shares to be converted 
are received by the Corporation within five (5) business days thereafter and 
the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable 
 upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder 
or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date.  If the original 
Series A Preferred Shares to be converted are not received by the Corporation 
within five (5) business days after the Conversion, the notice of conversion 
shall become null and void.

          (3)   CONVERSION PRICE ADJUSTMENTS.  The closing bid price used to 
determine the Conversion Price shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect, as 
deemed equitable and appropriate by the Corporation, any stock dividend, 
stock split or share combination of the Common Stock.  In the event of a 
merger, reorganization, recapitalization or similar event of or with respect 
to the Corporation (a "Corporate Change") (other than a Corporate Change in 
which all or substantially all of the consideration received by the holders 
of the Company's equity securities upon such Corporate Change consists of 
cash or assets other than securities issued by the acquiring entity or any 
affiliate thereof), the Series A Preferred Shares shall be convertible into 
such class and type of securities as the Holder would have received had the 
Holder converted the Series A Preferred Shares immediately prior to such 
Corporate Change, as appropriately adjusted to equitably reflect the 
conversion price and any stock dividend, stock split or share combination of 
the common stock after such corporate event.

          (4)   RESERVATION OF STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION.  The 
Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its 
authorized but unissued Common Shares solely for the purpose of effecting the 
conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares such number of its Common Shares 
as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all 
outstanding Series A Preferred Shares; and if at any time the number of 
authorized but unissued Common Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the 
conversion of all then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, in addition to 
such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Series A 
Preferred Shares, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in 
the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but 
unissued Common Shares to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for 
such purposes.

     F.   REDEMPTION OF SERIES A PREFERRED SHARES.  

          (1)   OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.  The Corporation may redeem all 
outstanding and unconverted Series A Preferred Shares for cash at a per share 
price equal to $11,500 (115% of the Stated Value) for each Series A Preferred 
Share by giving written notice to the Holders at least twenty (20) days in 
advance of such redemption.  If the Corporation has received a notice of 
conversion with respect to any Series A Preferred Shares, the Corporation may 
not redeem such Series A Preferred Shares provided the Series A Preferred 
Shares are delivered for conversion as set forth in Section E(2) during the 
notice period prior to the redemption date as set forth in F(3)(ii) below.

                If the Corporation fails to redeem after giving written 
notice, it shall pay to the Holders pro-rata a total of five (5%) percent of 
the amount to be redeemed as liquidated damages.

          (2)   MANDATORY REDEMPTION.  On May 22, 2003, the Corporation shall 
redeem all Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding, by the payment 
therefor of the redemption price of $11,500 per share.

          (3)   MANNER OF REDEMPTION OF SERIES A PREFERRED SHARES.  

                (i)   If less than all of the outstanding Series A Preferred 
Shares shall be called for redemption, the particular shares of such series 
to be redeemed shall be selected by lot or by such other equitable manner as 
may be prescribed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

                (ii)  Notice of redemption of any Series A Preferred Shares
shall be given by the Corporation by fax or other written communication, at
least twenty (20) days prior to the date fixed by the Board of Directors of the
Corporation for redemption (herein called the "redemption date"), to the holders
of record of the 

                                    

<PAGE>

shares to be redeemed at their respective addresses then appearing on the 
records of the Corporation.  The notice of the redemption shall state:

                      (A)   the redemption date,

                      (B)   the redemption price (which must be paid within 
five  (5) business days after the date of redemption),

                      (C)   whether the redemption is an optional redemption 
or a mandatory redemption,

                      (D)   if less than all outstanding Series A Preferred 
Shares are to be redeemed, the identification of the Series A Preferred 
Shares to be redeemed,

                      (E)   the conversion rate on the date of the notice,

                      (F)   that on the redemption date the redemption price 
will become due and payable upon each Series A Preferred Shares to be 
redeemed and the right to convert each share of Series A Preferred Share 
shall cease as of the close of business on the business day prior to the 
redemption date, unless default shall be made in the payment of the 
redemption price, and

                      (G)   the place or places where such Series A Preferred 
Shares to be redeemed are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption 
price.

          (4)   FAILURE TO REDEEM.  If the Corporation fails to pay the 
redemption price after calling any Series A Preferred Shares for optional 
redemption under Section F(1), the Corporation shall have no further right to 
redeem Series A Preferred Shares under Section F(1).

          (5)   REACQUIRED SHARES.  Any shares of the Series A Preferred 
Stock converted, redeemed or purchased or otherwise acquired by the 
Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled promptly 
after the acquisition thereof.  All such shares shall upon their cancellation 
become authorized but unissued shares of Series A Preferred Stock and may be 
reissued at the direction of the Corporation subject to the conditions or 
restrictions on issuance set forth herein. 

     G.   CORPORATE EVENTS.  In the event of (i) any declaration by the 
Corporation of a record date of the holders of any class of securities for 
the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive 
any dividend (other than cash dividend) or other distribution or (ii) any 
capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification or 
recapitalization of the capital stock of the Corporation, any merger or 
consolidation of the Corporation, and any transfer of all or substantially 
all of the assets of the Corporation to any other Corporation, or any other 
entity or person, or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or 
winding up of the Corporation, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of 
Series A Preferred Shares at least twenty (20) days prior to the record date 
specified therein, a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record 
is to be declared for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a 
description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such 
reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, 
dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective and 
(C) the time, if any, that is to be fixed, as to when the holders of record 
of Common Stock (or other securities) will receive for securities or other 
property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, transfer, 
consolidation, merger, dissolution or winding up.

     H.   VOTING RIGHTS.

          (1)   The Holders of the Series A Preferred Shares shall not have 
any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from time to time 
required by law.

          (2)   To the extent that under California law the vote of the 
holders of the Series A Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class, is 
required to authorize a given action of the Corporation, the affirmative vote 
or consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series A 
Preferred Shares shall constitute the approval of such action by the class. 
To the extent that under California law the holders of the Series A Preferred 
Shares are entitled to vote on a matter with holders of Common Stock voting 
together as one class, each Series A Preferred 
                                     

<PAGE>

Shares shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of shares 
of Common Stock into which it is then convertible using the record date for 
the taking of such vote of stockholders as the date as of which the 
Conversion Price is calculated.  Holders of the Series A Preferred Shares 
shall be entitled to notice of all shareholder meetings or written consents 
with respect to which they would be entitled to vote, which notice would be 
provided pursuant to the Corporation's bylaws and applicable statutes.

     I.   PROTECTIVE PROVISIONS.  So long as the Series A Preferred Shares 
are outstanding, the Corporation shall not take any action that would impair 
the rights of the holders of the Series  A Preferred Shares set forth herein 
and shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written 
consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority in 
aggregate principal amount of the Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding:

          (1)   Alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the 
Series A Preferred Shares so as to affect adversely the Series A Preferred 
Shares.  

          (2)   For a period of eight (8) months from the issuance of the 
Series A Preferred Shares, create any new class or series of stock which 
ranks prior to or PARI PASSU to the Series A Preferred Shares with respect to 
liquidation preference, other than any additional series of Preferred Shares 
issued for a purchase price not to exceed $2 million, which may rank PARI 
PASSU.

          (3)   Do any act or thing which would result in taxation of the 
holders of Series A Preferred Shares under Section 305 of the Internal 
Revenue Code of 1985, as amended (or any comparable provision of the Internal 
Revenue Code as hereafter from time to time amended).
                                     
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be 
signed by its authorized officer as of June____ , 1998.

                                   MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL INC.



                                   By:                 
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                        Carmine T. Oliva
                                        President and Chief Executive Officer

<PAGE>

                                EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

          This agreement is made as of this 1st day of May, 1998, by and 
between Microtel International, Inc., a Delaware corporation with offices at 
4290 E. Brickell Street, Ontario, California, 91761-1511 (the "Employer" or 
the "Company"), and James P. Butler, who resides at 7716 East Fieldcrest 
Lane, Orange, California, 92869, (the "Employee").

                                     WITNESSETH

       WHEREAS, the Employee desires to be employed by the Employer, and the 
Employer desires to employ the Employee upon the terms and conditions 
hereinafter set forth;

            NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the 
mutual promises, covenants and agreements hereinafter contained the parties 
hereto agree as follows:

I. EMPLOYMENT

           1.1 EMPLOYMENT. Subject to the provisions for termination as 
hereinafter provided, the terms of this agreement shall begin on the date 
first written above and shall terminate on May 1, 2001 (the "Employment 
Period").

           1.2 RENEWAL. Subject to the provisions for termination as 
hereinafter provided, this agreement shall be automatically renewed for two 
(2) successive one (1) year terms commencing on May 1, 2001, (the"Renewal 
Periods") unless, during the following periods, either party to this 
Agreement shall notify the other party in writing of its desire not to renew 
this Agreement; provided, however, any action required to be taken with 
respect to this Employment Agreement by the Employer shall only be taken 
after the Executive Compensation and Management Development Committee of the 
Board of Directors of the Employer approves such action. The required notice 
periods in order to prevent an automatic renewal of this Agreement shall be 
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Period During Which Notice Of
Non-Renewal Must Be Given                                      Renewal Period
- -------------------------                                      --------------
<S>                                                          <C>
       3/1/99 to 5/1/00                                      5/1/01 to 5/1/02
       3/1/00 to 5/1/00                                      5/1/01 to 5/1/02

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                       - 2 -


           1.3 DUTIES. Subject to Section 1.4, the Employee hereby promises 
to perform and discharge well and favorably the duties of Senior Vice 
President and Chief Financial Officer and to perform services in such 
additional capacities as may be directed by the Chairman and Chief Executive 
Officer, and concurred in by the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") 
in accordance herewith. As Chief Financial Officer, the Employee's duties 
shall consist of the usual and customary duties of his position and he shall 
be subject to the direction and control of the Chairman and Chief Executive 
Officer and shall at all times have the authority as shall reasonably be 
required to enable him to discharge such duties in an efficient manner.

           1.4 REDESIGNATION. The Chairman and Chief Executive Officer may, 
in his discretion, with the concurrence of the Board, elect or appoint the 
Employee to offices or positions other than, or in addition to, Chief 
Financial Officer (hereinafter the "Redesignation") by providing the Employee 
with prompt written notice of the Redesignation. If any Redesignation and 
related addition to and/or reduction of Employee's duties results in a 
substantial net change in the scope of the Employee's responsibilities, the 
Employee may elect, in his sole discretion, not to accept such Redesignation 
and to resign upon providing written notice of his resignation to the 
Employer not less than thirty (30) days after the Employee has been provided 
with written notice of the Redesignation. In such event, if such 
Redesignation occurs during the Employment Period, the Employer shall pay the 
Employee his annual salary, as provided herein, for one (1) year  following 
the effective date of such resignation or until January 1, 2001, whichever is 
the longer period. In the event that the Redesignation shall occur at any 
time after the Employment Period, and during one of the Renewal Periods, the 
Employer shall pay the Employee his annual salary, as provided herein, for 
one (1) year  following the effective date of such resignation. All sums 
owing hereunder in the event of a Redesignation and a subsequent resignation 
by the Employee shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days of the 
effective date of such resignation.

           1.5 OTHER BUSINESS ACTIVITIES. The Employee shall devote his full 
time, attention and energies to the business of the Company and shall not, so 
long as he remains in the employ of the Company, be engaged in any other 
employment or business of substantial nature, whether or not such business 
activity is pursued for gain and profit, without the written consent of the 
Company. Nothing contained herein, however, shall be construed as preventing 
the Employee from (i) making passive investments of his assets in such form 
or manner as he desires, providing such investments: (a) do not require the 
Employee to render services in the operations or affairs of the firms, 
corporations or other entities in which such investments are made, and (b) 
are not made in any business directly or indirectly competing with the 
Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliated corporations, if any,

<PAGE>

                                       - 3 -


unless the stock of such company is listed on a national stock exchange and 
the Employee owns less than three percent (3%) of the outstanding voting 
securities, or (ii) becoming a member of the Board of Directors of any other 
corporation that the Employee desires, provided that the corporation upon 
whose Board the Employee is a member of is not, in the sole discretion of the 
Employer's Board of Directors, in competition with the business of the 
Employer.

           The Company shall provide the Employee with adequate office and 
support staff to accomplish the objectives for which he is employed and in 
order to perform the duties as set forth herein.

II. COMPENSATION

           2.1 ANNUAL SALARY. The Employer shall pay to the Employee in 
compensation for Employee's services hereunder, a base salary at an annual 
rate of $125,000, payable in equal periodic installments in accordance with 
the customary payroll policy of the Employer. The Employee shall also be 
eligible to receive merit or promotional increases in accordance with the 
Employer's annual review, or other general review of its officer compensation.

          2.2 EXPENSES. The Employer agrees to reimburse the Employee against 
his receipts for all reasonable business expenses incurred by him during the 
Employment Period or Renewal Periods in connection with the performances of 
his services hereunder.

          2.3 BONUSES.  The Employer agrees that the Employee will be 
entitled to participate in any bonus or similar plan approved by the 
Employer's Board of Directors.

          2.4 STOCK OPTIONS AND OTHER INCENTIVE PLANS. The Employee shall 
continue to be eligible to participate in any Incentive Stock Option or 
Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan or other incentive plans duly approved by the 
Board of Directors for implementation within the Company.

          2.5 ADDITIONAL BENEFITS. The Employee shall be entitled to the 
customary and usual medical, insurance, fringe and other benefits made 
available to the Employer's employees generally.

III. TERMINATION

          3.1 TERMINATION DUE TO DEATH. If during the Employment Period or 
Renewals thereof, Employee shall die, this Agreement shall terminate, except 
that the compensation or other amounts payable hereunder, to or for the 
benefit of Employee shall be paid for one (1) year following the death of the 
Employee to such person or persons as Employee 

<PAGE>

                                       - 4 -


may designate by notice to the Employer from time to time or, in the absence 
of such designation, to his legal representatives.

            3.2 TERMINATION DUE TO DISABILITY. If during the Employment 
Period, or Renewals thereof, Employee shall become physically or mentally 
disabled, whether totally or partially, so that he is unable substantially to 
perform his services hereunder (i) for a period of 180 consecutive days, or 
(ii) for shorter periods aggregating 180 days during any period of eighteen 
consecutive months , the Employer may at any time after the last day of the 
180 consecutive days of disability or the day on which the shorter periods of 
disability shall have equalled an aggregate of 180 days, by 10 days written 
notice to Employee (but before Employee has recovered from such disability), 
terminate this Agreement. Notwithstanding such disability, the Employer shall 
continue to pay Employee compensation or other amounts payable hereunder,  to 
or for the benefit of Employee up to and including the date one (1) year  
after the effective date of such termination.

           3.3 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. The Employer may at any time during the 
Employment Period and any Renewals thereof, by notice, terminate this 
Agreement and discharge the Employee for cause, whereupon the Employer's 
obligation to pay any compensation, severance allowance, or other amounts 
payable hereunder to or for the benefit of Employee shall terminate on the 
date of such discharge, notwithstanding anything herein contained to the 
contrary. As used herein, the term "for cause" shall be deemed to mean and 
include chronic alcoholism; drug addiction; misappropriation of any money or 
other assets or properties of the Employer or its subsidiaries; wilful 
violation of specific and lawful written directions from his supereior or 
from the Board of Directors of the Employer; failure or refusal to perform 
the services required of Employee under this Agreement; wilful disclosure of 
trade secrets or other confidential information resulting in substantial 
detriment to the Company as documented by the Employer under oath or 
affirmation; conviction in a court of competent jurisdiction of any crime 
involving the funds or assets of the Company including, but not limited to, 
embezzlement and larceny; any civil or criminal conduct or personal 
misbehavior which is detrimental to the image, reputation, welfare or 
security of the Employer where such misconduct or misbehavior and judgment 
have been documented by the Employer under oath or affirmation; and any other 
acts or omissions that constitute grounds for cause under the laws of the 
States of Delaware, California, Massachusetts or Illinois, or such other 
States wherein the Company may have operations.

           3.4 TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE.  The Employer may terminate this 
Agreement without cause at any time upon sixty (60) days written notice to 
the Employee. In the event the Employer does terminate this Agreement without 
it being "for cause", the Employee, if requested in writing by the Employer, 
shall continue to render services at full compensation until the effective 
date of such termination. Thereafter, during the Employment Period,  Employee 
shall be paid his annual salary for one  (1) year  following the effective 
date of such termination, or until May 1,  2000, whichever is the longer 

<PAGE>

                                       - 5 -


period. In the event such termination pursuant to this Section 3.4 occurs 
during any of the Renewal Periods, the Employee shall be paid his Annual 
Salary through the expiration of the particular Renewal Term to which the 
Company is obligated under Section 1.2, as well as all  other amounts payable 
hereunder. Termination "without cause" shall include the ceasing of 
operations due to bankrupcy and/or the general inability of the Employer to 
meet the Employer's obligations as they become due.

           3.5 TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE FOLLOWING A CHANGE IN CONTROL. This 
Agreement may be terminated by Employer, or successor to Employer, upon 
thirty (30) days written notice to Employee upon the happening of any of the 
following events:

                    a.   Sale by Employer of substantially all of its assets;

                    b.   Sale, exchange or other disposition of two-thirds or
                         more of the outstanding capital stock of the Employer;

                    c.   Merger or reorganization in which shareholders of the
                         Employer immediately prior to such merger or
                         reorganization receive less than fifty percent(50%) of
                         the outstanding voting shares of the successor
                         corporation.

In the event that the Employee's employment is terminated without cause 
within two years following a change of control, the Employer or successor to 
Employer shall:

                    a.   Pay to Employee, in a lump sum within thirty (30) days
                         from date of termination, or, at Employee's election,
                         in installments, the Employee's Annual Salary and all
                         other amounts payable hereunder for one and one-half (1
                         1/2) years following the effective date of such
                         termination or untilMay 1, 2000, whichever is the
                         longer period.

                    b.   In the event such termination occurs during any of the
                         Renewal Periods, pay to Employee his Annual Salary to
                         the expiration of that particular Renewal Period, his
                         Annual Salary for a period of one year  following the
                         end of such Renewal Period, plus all other amounts
                         payable hereunder
                         
                    c.   Pay to Employee the average of the Annual Executive
                         Bonuses awarded to him in  the three  years preceding
                         his termination over the same time span and under the
                         same conditions as Annual Salary.

                    d.   Pay to Employee any Executive Bonus awarded but not yet
                         paid.

                    e.   Continue Employee's coverage in all benefit programs in
                         which he was participating on the date of his
                         termination of employment until the earlier of  (1) the
                         end of the Employment Period or Renewal Period,

<PAGE>

                                       - 6 -


                         or (2) the date he receives equivalent coverage and
                         benefits under a subquent employer.


IV. COVENANTS NOT TO COMPETE

           4.1 The Employee agrees that (i) during the Employment Period and 
any Renewals thereof, or in the event of a termination pursuant to Section 
3.3 and, thereafter for a period of one (1) year or (ii) in the event of a 
termination pursuant to Sections 3.4 or 3.5 and for the period from the 
effective  date of such termination until the expiration of a period of 
twelve months following his resignation upon Redesignation for the Interim 
Period as defined in Section 1.4, he will not act as a principal, agent, 
employee, employer, consultant, control person, stockholder, director or 
co-partner of any person, firm, business entity other than the Employer, or 
in any individual representative capacity whatsoever, directly or indirectly, 
without the express consent of the Employer:

                  (a)  engage or participate or be employed in any business 
whose products or services are competitive with those of the Employer in the 
world; provided, however, that the ownership by the Employee of not more than 
three percent (3%) of a corporation or similar business venture shall not be 
deemed to be a violation of this covenant as long as the Employee does not 
become a controlling person or actively involved in the management of such 
corporation or business venture;

                 (b)  approach, solicit business from, or otherwise do 
business or deal with any customer of the Employer in connection with any 
product or service competitive with any provided by the Employer; provided, 
however, the Employee may approach, solicit business from, or otherwise do 
business or deal with any subsidiary or division of any customer of the 
Employer provided that such customer's division or subsidiary does not 
provide a product or service competitive with any provided by the Employer.

                 (c)  approach, counsel, solicit, assist to solicit or 
attempt to induce any person who is then in the employ of the Employer, its 
affiliates or subsidiaries to leave the employ of the Employer, or employ, or 
attempt to employ on behalf of any person or entity any such person or 
persons who at any time during the preceding six months was in the employ of 
the Employer;

                 (d)  aid or counsel any other person, firm, corporation or 
business entity to do any of the above.

                  For purposes of this Section 4.1, the term "customer" shall 
mean (I) any person or entity who was a customer of the Employer at any time 
during the last two months of the Employee's employment by the Employer; (ii) 
any prospective customer to 


<PAGE>

                                       - 7 -


whom the Employer had made a presentation, or similar offering of product(s) 
during the last year of the Employee's employment by the Employer.

                 The Employee acknowledges (I) that his position with the 
Employer requires performance of services which are special, unique, 
extraordinary and intellectual in character and places him in a position of 
confidence and trust with the customers and employees of the Employer, 
through which, among other things, he shall obtain knowledge of such 
organization's "technical information" and "know how" and become acquainted 
with their customers, in which matters such organizations have substantial 
proprietary interests, (ii) that the restrictive covenants set forth above 
are necessary in order to protect and maintain such proprietary interests and 
other legitimate business interests of the Company, and (iii) that the 
Employer would not have entered into this agreement unless such covenants 
were included herein.

                 The Employee also acknowledges that the business of the 
Employer presently extends throughout the world, that he has personally 
supervised or engaged in such business on behalf of the Employer, or will do 
so pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and, accordingly, it is 
reasonable that the restrictive covenants set forth above are not more 
limited as to geographic area than is set forth therein. The Employee also 
represents to the Employer that the enforcement of such covenants will not 
prevent the Employee from earning a livelihood.

                 If any of the provisions of this Section, or any part 
thereof, is hereinafter construed to be invalid or unenforceable, the same 
shall not affect the remainder of such provision or provisions, which shall 
be given full effect, without regard to the invalid portions. If any of the 
provisions of this Section, or any part thereof, is held to be unenforceable 
because of the duration of such provision, the area covered thereby or the 
type of conduct restricted therein, the parties agree that the court making 
such determination shall have the power to modify the duration, geographic 
area and/or other terms of such provision and, as so modified, said provision 
shall then be enforceable. In the event that the courts of any one or more 
jurisdictions shall hold such provisions wholly or partially unenforceable by 
reason of the scope thereof or otherwise, it is the intention of the parties 
hereto that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Employer's 
right to the relief provided for herein in the courts of any other 
jurisdictions as to breaches or threatened breaches of such provisions in 
such other jurisdictions, the above provisions as they relate to each 
jurisdiction being, for this purpose, severable into diverse and independent 
covenants.

V. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

           5.1  DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION. The Employee recognizes and 
acknowledges that the financial information, trade secrets, technical 
information, and confidential or proprietary information of the Employer, 
including such information as may exist from

<PAGE>

                                       - 8 -


time to time, and information as to the identity of customers or prospective 
customers of the Employer and other similar items, are valuable, special and 
unique assets of the Employer's business, access to and knowledge of which 
are essential to the performance of the duties of the Employee hereunder. The 
Employee will not, during or after the term hereof, in whole or in part, 
disclose such secrets or confidential, technical or proprietary information 
to any person, firm, corporation, association or other entity for any reason 
or purpose whatsoever, nor shall the Employee make use of any such property 
or information for his own purpose or for the benefit of any person, firm, 
corporation or other entity (except the Employer) under any circumstances, 
during or after the term hereof, provided that after the term hereof these 
restrictions shall not apply to such secrets or information which are then in 
the public domain (provided that the Employee was not responsible, directly 
or indirectly, for such secrets or information entering the public domain 
without the consent of the Employer).

         5.2  OWNERSHIP OF INVENTIONS.  All of the Employee's right, title 
and interest in all developments or improvements devised or conceived by the 
Employee, alone or with others, during his working hours, as well as in all 
developments or improvements devised or conceived by the Employee, alone or 
with others, which relate to any business in which the Employer is then 
engaged or contemplating engaging in, regardless of when devised or 
conceived, is the exclusive property of the Employer.  The Employee shall 
promptly disclose all such developments and improvements to the Employer. The 
Employee shall not use or disclose any such developments or improvements, 
other than in furtherance of the Employer's business, without the Employer's 
prior written consent

          5.3  RETURN MEMORANDA.  Employee hereby agrees to deliver promptly 
to the Employer on termination of his employment, or at any other time the 
Employer may so request, all memoranda, notes, records, reports, manuals, 
drawings and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the 
Employer's business and all property associated therewith, which he may then 
possess or have under his control. 

VI. INJUNCTIVE RELIEF

           6.1  The Employee acknowledges that the remedy at law for any 
breach or threatened breach of Articles IVand V hereof by the Employee will 
be inadequate, and that, accordingly, the Employer shall, in addition to all 
other available remedies (including without limitation , seeking such damages 
as it can be shown it has sustained by reason of such breach), be entitled to 
injunctive relief without being required to post bond or other security, and 
without having to prove the inadequacy of the available 

remedies at law. The Employee agrees not to plead or defend on grounds of 
adequate remedy at law or any similar defense in any action by the Employer 
against him, or injunctive relief, or for specific performance of any of his 
obligations pursuant to Articles IV and V hereof. Nothing herein shall be 
construed as prohibiting the Employer from pursuing any other remedies for 
such breach or threatened breach.

<PAGE>

                                       - 9 -


VII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

           7.1  NOTICES AND COMMUNICATIONS.  All notices and communications 
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be hand-delivered or sent postage 
prepaid by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the 
address first above written or to such other address of which notice shall 
have been given in the manner herein provided.

           7.2  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  All prior or contemporaneous agreements 
and understandings between the parties with respect to the subject matter of 
this Agreement are superseded by this Agreement, and this Agreement 
constitutes the entire understanding between the parties. This Agreement may 
not be modified, amended, changed or discharged except by a writing signed by 
both parties hereto, and then only to the extent therein set  forth.

           7.3  ASSIGNMENT.  This Agreement may be assigned by the Employer 
and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Employer's assigns 
and successors. The services to be performed by the Employee pursuant to this 
Agreement may not be assigned by the Employee.

          7.4  WAIVER.  No waiver of any breach of this Agreement or of any 
objection to any act or omission connected herewith shall be implied or 
claimed by any party, or be deemed to constitute a consent to any 
continuation of such breach, act or omission, unless in a writing signed by 
the party against whom enforcement of such waiver or consent is sought, and 
then only to the extent therein set forth.

          7.5  INDEMNIFICATION.  The Employer will indemnify Employee, to the 
maximum extent permitted by applicable law and the By-laws of the Company, 
against all costs, charges and expenses incurred or sustained by him in 
connection with any action, suit or other reason of his being an officer, 
director or employee of the Employer or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof.

           7.6  SECTION HEADINGS.  The Section headings of this Agreement are 
solely for the purpose of convenience and shall neither be deemed a part of 
this Agreement nor used in any interpretation thereof.

           7.7  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement and the relationship of the 
parties shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of 
the state of Delaware, or until such time as the Company's state of 
incorporation may be changed to another state within the United States, at 
which point the relationship of the parties would then be governed by, and 
construed in accordance with, the laws of the new state of incorporation.

<PAGE>

                                       - 10 -


  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.

                            MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

Dated:  ___________    By:__________________________
                         Carmine T. Oliva, Chairman, President and Chief
                         Executive Officer

Dated: ___________     By:__________________________
                         Robert B. Runyon, Chairman, Executive Compensation and
                         Management Development Committee, Board of Directors


Dated: ___________      By:__________________________
                         James P. Butler, Employee 


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               JUN-30-1998
<CASH>                                             923
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    7,091
<ALLOWANCES>                                       242
<INVENTORY>                                      6,288
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                14,775
<PP&E>                                           5,337
<DEPRECIATION>                                   3,305
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  21,106
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           13,282
<BONDS>                                          2,545
                              459
                                          0
<COMMON>                                            39
<OTHER-SE>                                       4,848
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    21,106
<SALES>                                         18,713
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                18,713
<CGS>                                           13,061
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   13,061
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                    26
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 344
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (1,128)
<INCOME-TAX>                                        37
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (1,165)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (1,165)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (0.10)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (0.10)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission